Form 1-A Issuer Information UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 1-A
REGULATION A OFFERING STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OMB APPROVAL

FORM 1-A

OMB Number: 3235-0286


Estimated average burden hours per response: 608.0

1-A: Filer Information

Issuer CIK
0001727535
Issuer CCC
XXXXXXXX
DOS File Number
Offering File Number
Is this a LIVE or TEST Filing? LIVE TEST
Would you like a Return Copy?
Notify via Filing Website only?
Since Last Filing?

Submission Contact Information

Name
Phone
E-Mail Address

1-A: Item 1. Issuer Information

Issuer Infomation

Exact name of issuer as specified in the issuer's charter
GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.
Jurisdiction of Incorporation / Organization
NEW JERSEY
Year of Incorporation
1991
CIK
0001727535
Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code
SERVICES-COMPUTER PROCESSING & DATA PREPARATION
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
47-2354666
Total number of full-time employees
1
Total number of part-time employees
0

Contact Infomation

Address of Principal Executive Offices

Address 1
1 Bridge Plaza
Address 2
2nd Floor
City
Fort Lee
State/Country
NEW JERSEY
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
07024
Phone
551-486-3980

Provide the following information for the person the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff should call in connection with any pre-qualification review of the offering statement.

Name
John E. Lux, Esq.
Address 1
Address 2
City
State/Country
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
Phone

Provide up to two e-mail addresses to which the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff may send any comment letters relating to the offering statement. After qualification of the offering statement, such e-mail addresses are not required to remain active.

Financial Statements

Industry Group (select one) Banking Insurance Other

Use the financial statements for the most recent period contained in this offering statement to provide the following information about the issuer. The following table does not include all of the line items from the financial statements. Long Term Debt would include notes payable, bonds, mortgages, and similar obligations. To determine "Total Revenues" for all companies selecting "Other" for their industry group, refer to Article 5-03(b)(1) of Regulation S-X. For companies selecting "Insurance", refer to Article 7-04 of Regulation S-X for calculation of "Total Revenues" and paragraphs 5 and 7 of Article 7-04 for "Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues".

Balance Sheet Information

Cash and Cash Equivalents
$ 2542.00
Investment Securities
$ 1282475.00
Total Investments
$
Accounts and Notes Receivable
$ 92256.00
Loans
$
Property, Plant and Equipment (PP&E):
$ 1973380.00
Property and Equipment
$
Total Assets
$ 3350563.00
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
$ 1328291.00
Policy Liabilities and Accruals
$
Deposits
$
Long Term Debt
$ 0.00
Total Liabilities
$ 1328291.00
Total Stockholders' Equity
$ 2022272.00
Total Liabilities and Equity
$ 3350563.00

Statement of Comprehensive Income Information

Total Revenues
$ 0.00
Total Interest Income
$
Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues
$ 0.00
Total Interest Expenses
$
Depreciation and Amortization
$ 0.00
Net Income
$ 0.00
Earnings Per Share - Basic
$ 0.00
Earnings Per Share - Diluted
$ 0.00
Name of Auditor (if any)

Outstanding Securities

Common Equity

Name of Class (if any) Common Equity
Common Stock
Common Equity Units Outstanding
0
Common Equity CUSIP (if any):
36830V101
Common Equity Units Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
None

Preferred Equity

Preferred Equity Name of Class (if any)
None
Preferred Equity Units Outstanding
0
Preferred Equity CUSIP (if any)
000000000
Preferred Equity Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
None

Debt Securities

Debt Securities Name of Class (if any)
None
Debt Securities Units Outstanding
0
Debt Securities CUSIP (if any):
000000000
Debt Securities Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
None

1-A: Item 2. Issuer Eligibility

Issuer Eligibility

Check this box to certify that all of the following statements are true for the issuer(s)

1-A: Item 3. Application of Rule 262

Application Rule 262

Check this box to certify that, as of the time of this filing, each person described in Rule 262 of Regulation A is either not disqualified under that rule or is disqualified but has received a waiver of such disqualification.

Check this box if "bad actor" disclosure under Rule 262(d) is provided in Part II of the offering statement.

1-A: Item 4. Summary Information Regarding the Offering and Other Current or Proposed Offerings

Summary Infomation

Check the appropriate box to indicate whether you are conducting a Tier 1 or Tier 2 offering Tier1 Tier2
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the financial statements have been audited Unaudited Audited
Types of Securities Offered in this Offering Statement (select all that apply)
Equity (common or preferred stock)
Does the issuer intend to offer the securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)? Yes No
Does the issuer intend this offering to last more than one year? Yes No
Does the issuer intend to price this offering after qualification pursuant to Rule 253(b)? Yes No
Will the issuer be conducting a best efforts offering? Yes No
Has the issuer used solicitation of interest communications in connection with the proposed offering? Yes No
Does the proposed offering involve the resale of securities by affiliates of the issuer? Yes No
Number of securities offered
4000000000
Number of securities of that class outstanding
450874858

The information called for by this item below may be omitted if undetermined at the time of filing or submission, except that if a price range has been included in the offering statement, the midpoint of that range must be used to respond. Please refer to Rule 251(a) for the definition of "aggregate offering price" or "aggregate sales" as used in this item. Please leave the field blank if undetermined at this time and include a zero if a particular item is not applicable to the offering.

Price per security
$ 0.0050
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of the issuer
$ 20000000.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of selling securityholders
$ 0.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to all the securities of the issuer sold pursuant to a qualified offering statement within the 12 months before the qualification of this offering statement
$ 0.00
The estimated portion of aggregate sales attributable to securities that may be sold pursuant to any other qualified offering statement concurrently with securities being sold under this offering statement
$ 0.00
Total (the sum of the aggregate offering price and aggregate sales in the four preceding paragraphs)
$ 20000000.00

Anticipated fees in connection with this offering and names of service providers

Underwriters - Name of Service Provider
Underwriters - Fees
$
Sales Commissions - Name of Service Provider
Sales Commissions - Fee
$
Finders' Fees - Name of Service Provider
Finders' Fees - Fees
$
Audit - Name of Service Provider
Audit - Fees
$
Legal - Name of Service Provider
John E. Lux, Esq.
Legal - Fees
$ 25000.00
Promoters - Name of Service Provider
Promoters - Fees
$
Blue Sky Compliance - Name of Service Provider
Various States
Blue Sky Compliance - Fees
$ 2500.00
CRD Number of any broker or dealer listed:
Estimated net proceeds to the issuer
$ 18000000.00
Clarification of responses (if necessary)

1-A: Item 5. Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities

Selected States and Jurisdictions
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
NEW JERSEY
NEW YORK

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the securities are to be offered by underwriters, dealers or sales persons or check the appropriate box

None
Same as the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities
Selected States and Jurisdictions

1-A: Item 6. Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

None

Unregistered Securities Act

(e) Indicate the section of the Securities Act or Commission rule or regulation relied upon for exemption from the registration requirements of such Act and state briefly the facts relied upon for such exemption

 

Table of Contents

 

PART II — INFORMATION REQUIRED IN OFFERING CIRCULAR

 

Preliminary Offering Circular dated March __, 2018

 

An Offering Statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the Offering Statement filed with the Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the Offering Statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

$20,000,000

4,000,000,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

$0.005 PER SHARE

 

This is the public offering of securities of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., a New Jersey corporation. We are offering 4,000,000,000 shares of our common stock, par value $0.00001 (“Common Stock”), at an offering price of $0.005 per share (the “Offered Shares”) by the Company. This Offering will terminate on twelve months from the day the Offering is qualified or the date on which the maximum offering amount is sold (such earlier date, the “Termination Date”). The minimum purchase requirement per investor is 200,000 Offered Shares ($1,000); however, we can waive the minimum purchase requirement on a case-by-case basis in our sole discretion.

 

These securities are speculative securities. Investment in the Company’s stock involves significant risk. You should purchase these securities only if you can afford a complete loss of your investment. See the “Risk Factors” section on page 4 of this Offering Circular.

 

The Company is in the process of changing its name to HyperDigital, Inc. The name change will be effective when approved by FINRA at which time the Company will amend its filing. There is no assurance that FINRA will approve the name change.

 

No Escrow

 

The proceeds of this offering will not be placed into an escrow account. We will offer our Common Stock on a best efforts basis. As there is no minimum offering, upon the approval of any subscription to this Offering Circular, the Company shall immediately deposit said proceeds into the bank account of the Company and may dispose of the proceeds in accordance with the Use of Proceeds.

 

Subscriptions are irrevocable and the purchase price is non-refundable as expressly stated in this Offering Circular. The Company, by determination of the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may issue the Securities under this Offering for cash, promissory notes, services, and/or other consideration without notice to subscribers. All proceeds received by the Company from subscribers for this Offering will be available for use by the Company upon acceptance of subscriptions for the Securities by the Company. 

 

Generally, no sale may be made to you in this Offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.

 

Sale of these shares will commence within two calendar days of the qualification date and it will be a continuous Offering pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)(i)(F).

 

This Offering will be conducted on a “best-efforts” basis, which means our Officers will use their commercially reasonable best efforts in an attempt to offer and sell the Shares. Our Officers will not receive any commission or any other remuneration for these sales. In offering the securities on our behalf, the Officers will rely on the safe harbor from broker-dealer registration set out in Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

This Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sales of these securities in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful, prior to registration or qualification under the laws of any such state.

 

Our Common Stock is traded in the OTCMarket Pink Open Market under the stock symbol “GDET.”

 

 

     

 

 

Investing in our Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors“ beginning on page 4 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider in connection with an investment in our Common Stock.

  

 

Per 
Share

Total 
Maximum

Public Offering Price (1)(2)

$0.005

$20,000,000

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions (3)

$0.00

$0

Proceeds to Company

$0.005

$20,000,000

 

(1) We are offering shares on a continuous basis. See “Distribution – Continuous Offering.

(2) This is a “best efforts” offering. The proceeds of this offering will not be placed into an escrow account. We will offer our Common Stock on a best efforts basis primarily through an online platform. As there is no minimum offering, upon the approval of any subscription to this Offering Circular, the Company shall immediately deposit said proceeds into the bank account of the Company and may dispose of the proceeds in accordance with the Use of Proceeds. See “How to Subscribe.”

(3) We are offering these securities without an underwriter.

(4) Excludes estimated total offering expenses, including underwriting discount and commissions, will be approximately $800,000 assuming the maximum offering amount is sold.

 

Our Board of Directors used its business judgment in setting a value of $0.005 per share to the Company as consideration for the stock to be issued under the Offering. The sales price per share bears no relationship to our book value or any other measure of our current value or worth.

 

No sale may be made to you in this offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or your net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.

 

THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

The date of this Offering Circular is March __, 2018.

 

 

     

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   

Page

 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS     1  
SUMMARY     2  
THE OFFERING     3  
RISK FACTORS     4  
USE OF PROCEEDS     24  
DILUTION     28  
DISTRIBUTION     29  
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     32  
BUSINESS     34  
MANAGEMENT     37  
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION     38  
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS     39  
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS     42  
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES     43  
DIVIDEND POLICY     48  
SECURITIES OFFERED     48  
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE     49  
LEGAL MATTERS     49  
EXPERTS     49  
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION     49  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS      

 

 

We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our securities only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should rely only on the information contained in this Offering Circular. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this Offering Circular. The information contained in this Offering Circular is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of its delivery or of any sale or delivery of our securities. Neither the delivery of this Offering Circular nor any sale or delivery of our securities shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this Offering Circular. This Offering Circular will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by the federal securities laws.

 

In this Offering Circular, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “GD Entertainment”, “we”, the “Company”, “our” and “us” refer to the activities of and the assets and liabilities of the business and operations of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

  i  

 

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Some of the statements under “Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Our Business” and elsewhere in this Offering Circular constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar matters that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate”, “believe”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “plan”, “potential”, “should”, “will” and “would” or the negatives of these terms or other comparable terminology.

 

You should not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. The cautionary statements set forth in this Offering Circular, including in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere, identify important factors which you should consider in evaluating our forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things:

 

  · The speculative nature of the business we intend to develop;

 

  · Our reliance on suppliers and customers;

 

  · Our dependence upon external sources for the financing of our operations, particularly given that there are concerns about our ability to continue as a “going concern;”

 

  · Our ability to effectively execute our business plan;

 

  · Our ability to manage our expansion, growth and operating expenses;

 

  · Our ability to finance our businesses;

 

  · Our ability to promote our businesses;

 

  · Our ability to compete and succeed in highly competitive and evolving businesses;

 

  · Our ability to respond and adapt to changes in technology and customer behavior; and

 

  · Our ability to protect our intellectual property and to develop, maintain and enhance strong brands.

 

Although the forward-looking statements in this Offering Circular are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations, taking into account all information currently available to us, we cannot guarantee future transactions, results, performance, achievements or outcomes. No assurance can be made to any investor by anyone that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements will be attained, or that deviations from them will not be material and adverse. We undertake no obligation, other than as maybe be required by law, to re-issue this Offering Circular or otherwise make public statements updating our forward-looking statements.

 

 

 

  1  

 

SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our Common Stock. You should carefully read the entire Offering Circular, including the risks associated with an investment in the company discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Offering Circular, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this Offering Circular are forward-looking statements. See the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Company Information

 

The Company, sometimes referred to herein as “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” and/or “GD Entertainment” was incorporated on October 22, 1991 under the laws of the State of New Jersey, to engage in any lawful corporate undertaking. Our fiscal year-end date is May 31.

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. offices are located at 1 Bridge Plaza, 2nd Floor, Fort Lee, New Jersey, 07024. Our Website is www.gdet.co. Our telephone number is 551-486-3980 and our Email address is anilkidnani@gmail.com.

 

We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this Offering Circular, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website a part of this Offering Circular.

 

Section 15(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Our shares are covered by section 15(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended that imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker/dealers who sell such securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors (generally institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000 or individuals with net worth in excess of $1,000,000 or annual income exceeding $200,000 or $300,000 jointly with their spouses). For transactions covered by the Rule, the broker/dealer must make a special suitability determination for the purchase and have received the purchaser's written agreement to the transaction prior to the sale. Consequently, the Rule may affect the ability of broker/dealers to sell our securities and also may affect your ability to sell your shares in the secondary market.

 

Section 15(g) also imposes additional sales practice requirements on broker/dealers who sell penny securities. These rules require a one page summary of certain essential items. The items include the risk of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and secondary marketing; terms important to in understanding of the function of the penny stock market, such as  bid and offer quotes, a dealers spread and broker/dealer compensation; the broker/dealer compensation, the broker/dealers’ duties to its customers, including the disclosures required by any other penny stock disclosure rules; the customers’ rights and remedies in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions; and, the FINRA’s toll free telephone number and the central number of the North American Securities Administrators Association, for information on the disciplinary history of broker/dealers and their associated persons.

 

Dividends

 

The Company has not declared or paid a cash dividend to stockholders since it was organized and does not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. The board of directors presently intends to retain any earnings to finance our operations and does not expect to authorize cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends in the future will depend upon the Company's earnings, capital requirements and other factors.

 

Trading Market

 

Our Common Stock trades in the OTCMarket Pink Open Market Sheets under the symbol GDET.

 

 

 

  2  

 

THE OFFERING

______

 

 

Issuer:   GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.
     
Securities offered:   A maximum of 4,000,000,000 shares of our common stock, par value $0.00001 (“Common Stock”) at an offering price of $0.005 per share (the “Offered Shares”). (See “Distribution.”)
     
Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding before the offering   450,874,858 issued and outstanding as of November 30, 2017
     
Number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after the offering   4,450,874,858 shares, if the maximum amount of Offered Shares are sold
     
Price per share:   $0.005
     
Maximum offering amount:   4,000,000,000 shares at $0.005 per share, or $20,000,000 (See “Distribution.”)
     
Trading Market:   Our Common Stock is trading on the OTC Markets Pink Open Market Sheets division under the symbol “GDET.”

 

Use of proceeds:   If we sell all of the shares being offered, our net proceeds (after our estimated offering expenses) will be $18,000,000. We will use these net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes.
     
Risk factors:  

Investing in our Common Stock involves a high degree of risk, including:

 

Immediate and substantial dilution.

 

Limited market for our stock.

 

See “Risk Factors.”

 

 

 

 

 

  3  

 

RISK FACTORS

______

 

The following is only a brief summary of the risks involved in investing in our Company. Investment in our Securities involves risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition to other information contained in this Disclosure Document. The occurrence of any of the following risks might cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Some statements in this Document, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute “Forward-Looking Statements.”

  

The price of our common stock may continue to be volatile.

 

The trading price of our common stock has been and is likely to remain highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control or unrelated to our operating performance. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere, these factors include: the operating performance of similar companies; the overall performance of the equity markets; the announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, business plans, or commercial relationships; threatened or actual litigation; changes in laws or regulations relating to the our business; any major change in our board of directors or management; publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors, or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts; large volumes of sales of our shares of common stock by existing stockholders; and general political and economic conditions.

 

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for developmental related companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs; divert our management’s attention and resources; and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

Certain provisions of our Articles of Incorporation may affect us and make it more difficult to acquire us.

 

Certain provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws may make it more difficult and time consuming to acquire us. This may reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for our takeover. These provisions are outlined below. See “Company Securities – Certain Provisions.” Our Articles also contain restrictions regarding certain mergers, consolidations, asset sales and other “Business Combinations.” “Business Combinations” are defined in the Articles of Incorporation. The above provisions could have the effect of depriving shareholders of any opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over any prevailing market price because takeovers frequently involve purchases of stock directly from shareholders at such a premium price. Further, to the extent these provisions make it less likely that a takeover attempt opposed by our incumbent board of directors and management will succeed; the effect could be to assist the board of directors and management in retaining their existing positions. In addition, our Articles also provide that the provisions outlined herein cannot be amended, altered, repealed, or replaced without a “super-majority” vote or the approval of a Majority of Continuing Directors. See “Company Securities.”

 

Among other provisions that might make it more difficult to acquire us, we have adopted the following:

 

Staggered Board. Our Board of Directors has been divided into three classes of directors. The term of one class will expire each year. Directors for each class will be chosen for a three-year term upon the expiration of such class’s term, and the directors in the other two classes will continue in office. The staggered terms for directors may affect the stockholders’ ability to change control of the Company even if a change in control were in the stockholders’ interest. See “Company Securities.”

 

Preferred Stock. Our charter authorizes the Board of Directors to issue up to 500,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock and to establish the preferences and rights (including the right to vote and the right to convert into shares of Common Stock) of any shares issued. The power to issue Preferred Stock could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company even if a change in control were in the stockholders’ interest. See “Company Securities.”

 

There are doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The Company is a development stage enterprise and has not commenced planned principal operations. The Company had minimal revenues and has incurred losses of $24,031 for the period May 31, 2016 through the year ended May 31, 2017. In addition, the Company incurred losses of $14,279,379 for the period since inception through November 30, 2017. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

 

 

  4  

 

 

There can be no assurance that sufficient funds required during the next year or thereafter will be generated from operations or that funds will be available from external sources, such as debt or equity financings or other potential sources. The lack of additional capital resulting from the inability to generate cash flow from operations, or to raise capital from external sources would force the Company to substantially curtail or cease operations and would, therefore, have a material adverse effect on its business. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that any such required funds, if available, will be available on attractive terms or that they will not have a significant dilutive effect on the Company’s existing stockholders.

 

The Company intends to overcome the circumstances that impact its ability to remain a going concern through a combination of the commencement of revenues, with interim cash flow deficiencies being addressed through additional equity and debt financing. The Company anticipates raising additional funds through public or private financing, strategic relationships or other arrangements in the near future to support its business operations; however, the Company may not have commitments from third parties for a sufficient amount of additional capital. The Company cannot be certain that any such financing will be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and its failure to raise capital when needed could limit its ability to continue its operations. The Company’s ability to obtain additional funding will determine its ability to continue as a going concern. Failure to secure additional financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial performance, results of operations and stock price and require it to curtail or cease operations, sell off its assets, seek protection from its creditors through bankruptcy proceedings, or otherwise. Furthermore, additional equity financing may be dilutive to the holders of the Company’s common stock, and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants, and strategic relationships, if necessary to raise additional funds, and may require that the Company relinquish valuable rights. Please see Financial Statements – Note 1. Operations and Basis of Presentation – Going Concern for further information.

 

Risks Relating to Our Financial Condition

 

Our financials are not independently audited, which could result in errors and/or omissions in our financial statements if proper standards are not applied.

 

Although the Company is confident with its accounting firm, we are not required to have our financials audited by a certified Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”). As such, our accountants do not have a third party reviewing the accounting. Our accountants may also not be up to date with all publications and releases put out by the PCAOB regarding accounting standards and treatments. This could mean that our unaudited financials may not properly reflect up to date standards and treatments resulting misstated financials statements.

 

Our management has a limited experience operating a public company and are subject to the risks commonly encountered by early-stage companies.

 

Although management of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. has experience in operating small companies, current management has not had to manage expansion while being a public company. Many investors may treat us as an early-stage company. In addition, management has not overseen a company with large growth. Because we have a limited operating history, our operating prospects should be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by early-stage companies in rapidly evolving markets. These risks include:

 

· risks that we may not have sufficient capital to achieve our growth strategy;

 

· risks that we may not develop our product and service offerings in a manner that enables us to be profitable and meet our customers’ requirements;

 

· risks that our growth strategy may not be successful; and

 

· risks that fluctuations in our operating results will be significant relative to our revenues.

 

These risks are described in more detail below. Our future growth will depend substantially on our ability to address these and the other risks described in this section. If we do not successfully address these risks, our business could be significantly harmed.

 

We have limited operational history in an emerging industry, making it difficult to accurately predict and forecast business operations.

 

As we have limited operations in our business and have yet to generate revenue, it is extremely difficult to make accurate predictions and forecasts on our finances. This is compounded by the fact that we operate in both the Cryptocurrency and technology industries, which are both rapidly transforming industries. There is no guarantee that our products or services will remain attractive to potential and current users as these industries undergo rapid change, or that potential customers will utilize our services.

 

 

 

  5  

 

 

As a growing company, we have yet to achieve a profit and may not achieve a profit in the near future, if at all.

 

We have not yet produced a net profit and may not in the near future, if at all. While we expect our revenue to grow, we have not achieved profitability and cannot be certain that we will be able to sustain our current growth rate or realize sufficient revenue to achieve profitability. Further, many of our competitors in the Cryptocurrency field, such as MGT Capital Investments, Inc. (“MGTI”), have a significantly larger user base and revenue stream, but have yet to achieve profitability. Our ability to continue as a going concern may be dependent upon raising capital from financing transactions, increasing revenue throughout the year and keeping operating expenses below our revenue levels in order to achieve positive cash flows, none of which can be assured.

 

We will require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

 

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to update existing bitcoin mining hardware, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we will need to engage in continued equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of our common stock. Any debt financing we secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be impaired, and our business may be harmed.

 

Since there has been limited precedence set for financial accounting of digital assets, it is unclear how we will be required to account for digital asset transactions in the future.

 

Since there has been limited precedence set for the financial accounting of digital assets, it is unclear how we will be required to account for digital asset transactions or assets. Furthermore, a change in regulatory or financial accounting standards could result in the necessity to restate our financial statements. Such a restatement could negatively impact our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operation.

 

We are highly dependent on the services of our key executive, the loss of whom could materially harm our business and our strategic direction. If we lose key management or significant personnel, cannot recruit qualified employees, directors, officers, or other personnel or experience increases in our compensation costs, our business may materially suffer.

 

We are highly dependent on our management, specifically Anil Idnani. We have an Employment Agreement in place with Mr. Idnani. If we lose key employees, our business may suffer. Furthermore, our future success will also depend in part on the continued service of our management personnel and our ability to identify, hire, and retain additional key personnel. We do not carry “key-man” life insurance on the lives of any of our executives, employees or advisors. We experience intense competition for qualified personnel and may be unable to attract and retain the personnel necessary for the development of our business. Because of this competition, our compensation costs may increase significantly.

 

We may be unable to manage growth, which may impact our potential profitability.

 

Successful implementation of our business strategy requires us to manage our growth. Growth could place an increasing strain on our management and financial resources. To manage growth effectively, we will need to:

 

· Establish definitive business strategies, goals and objectives;

 

· Maintain a system of management controls; and

 

· Attract and retain qualified personnel, as well as develop, train, and manage management-level and other employees.

 

 

 

  6  

 

 

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition, or operating results could be materially harmed, and our stock price may decline.

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment, and if we are unable to compete with our competitors, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

 

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our competition includes all other companies that are in the business of bitcoin mining or other blockchain related technologies. A highly competitive environment could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

We may not be able to compete successfully with other established companies offering the same or similar services and, as a result, we may not achieve our projected revenue and user targets.

 

If we are unable to compete successfully with other businesses in our existing market, we may not achieve our projected revenue and/or customer targets. We compete with both start-up and established Cryptocurrency and technology companies. Compared to our business, some of our competitors may have greater financial and other resources, have been in business longer, have greater name recognition and be better established in the Cryptocurrency or technological markets.

 

Our lack of adequate D&O insurance may also make it difficult for us to retain and attract talented and skilled directors and officers.

 

In the future we may be subject to additional litigation, including potential class action and stockholder derivative actions. Risks associated with legal liability are difficult to assess and quantify, and their existence and magnitude can remain unknown for significant periods of time. To date, we have not obtained directors and officers liability (“D&O”) insurance. Without adequate D&O insurance, the amounts we would pay to indemnify our officers and directors should they be subject to legal action based on their service to the Company could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Furthermore, our lack of adequate D&O insurance may make it difficult for us to retain and attract talented and skilled directors and officers, which could adversely affect our business.

 

We expect to incur substantial expenses to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. In addition, failure to maintain adequate financial and management processes and controls could lead to errors in our financial reporting and could harm our ability to manage our expenses.

 

We estimate that it will cost approximately $50,000 annually to maintain the proper management and financial controls for our filings required as a public reporting company. In addition, if we do not maintain adequate financial and management personnel, processes and controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial performance on a timely basis, which could cause a decline in our stock price and adversely affect our ability to raise capital.

 

 

Risks Relating to our Common Stock and Offering

 

The Common Stock is thinly traded, so you may be unable to sell at or near ask prices or at all if you need to sell your shares to raise money or otherwise desire to liquidate your shares.

 

The Common Stock has historically been sporadically traded on the OTC Pink Sheets, meaning that the number of persons interested in purchasing our shares at, or near ask prices at any given time, may be relatively small or non-existent. This situation is attributable to a number of factors, including the fact that we are a small company which is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors and others in the investment community that generate or influence sales volume, and that even if we came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk-averse and would be reluctant to follow an unproven company such as ours or purchase or recommend the purchase of our shares until such time as we became more seasoned and viable. As a consequence, there may be periods of several days or more when trading activity in our shares is minimal or non-existent, as compared to a seasoned issuer, which has a large and steady volume of trading activity that will generally support continuous sales without an adverse effect on share price. We cannot give you any assurance that a broader or more active public trading market for our common shares will develop or be sustained, or that current trading levels will be sustained.

 

 

 

  7  

 

 

The market price for the common stock is particularly volatile given our status as a relatively unknown company with a small and thinly traded public float, limited operating history, and lack of revenue, which could lead to wide fluctuations in our share price. The price at which you purchase our shares may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market. You may be unable to sell your common shares at or above your purchase price, which may result in substantial losses to you.

 

The market for our shares of common stock is characterized by significant price volatility when compared to seasoned issuers, and we expect that our share price will continue to be more volatile than a seasoned issuer for the indefinite future. The volatility in our share price is attributable to a number of factors. First, as noted above, our shares are sporadically traded. As a consequence of this lack of liquidity, the trading of relatively small quantities of shares may disproportionately influence the price of those shares in either direction. The price for our shares could, for example, decline precipitously in the event that a large number of our shares is sold on the market without commensurate demand, as compared to a seasoned issuer which could better absorb those sales without adverse impact on its share price. Secondly, we are a speculative investment due to, among other matters, our limited operating history and lack of revenue or profit to date, and the uncertainty of future market acceptance for our potential products. As a consequence of this enhanced risk, more risk-averse investors may, under the fear of losing all or most of their investment in the event of negative news or lack of progress, be more inclined to sell their shares on the market more quickly and at greater discounts than would be the case with the securities of a seasoned issuer. The following factors may add to the volatility in the price of our shares: actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly or annual operating results; acceptance of our inventory of games; government regulations, announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures; our capital commitments and additions or departures of our key personnel. Many of these factors are beyond our control and may decrease the market price of our shares regardless of our operating performance. We cannot make any predictions or projections as to what the prevailing market price for our shares will be at any time, including as to whether our shares will sustain their current market prices, or as to what effect the sale of shares or the availability of shares for sale at any time will have on the prevailing market price.

 

Shareholders should be aware that, according to SEC Release No. 34-29093, the market for penny stocks has suffered in recent years from patterns of fraud and abuse. Such patterns include (1) control of the market for the security by one or a few broker-dealers that are often related to the promoter or issuer; (2) manipulation of prices through prearranged matching of purchases and sales and false and misleading press releases; (3) boiler room practices involving high-pressure sales tactics and unrealistic price projections by inexperienced sales persons; (4) excessive and undisclosed bid-ask differential and markups by selling broker-dealers; and (5) the wholesale dumping of the same securities by promoters and broker-dealers after prices have been manipulated to a desired level, along with the resulting inevitable collapse of those prices and with consequent investor losses. Our management is aware of the abuses that have occurred historically in the penny stock market. Although we do not expect to be in a position to dictate the behavior of the market or of broker-dealers who participate in the market, management will strive within the confines of practical limitations to prevent the described patterns from being established with respect to our securities. The possible occurrence of these patterns or practices could increase the volatility of our share price.

 

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and adversely affected by several factors.

 

The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly in response to various factors and events, including, but not limited to:

 

· our ability to integrate operations, technology, products and services;

 

· our ability to execute our business plan;

 

· operating results below expectations;
     
· our issuance of additional securities, including debt or equity or a combination thereof;

 

· announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors;

 

· loss of any strategic relationship;

 

· industry developments, including, without limitation, changes in competition or practices;

 

 

 

  8  

 

 

· economic and other external factors;

 

· period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results; and

 

· whether an active trading market in our common stock develops and is maintained.

 

In addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Issuers using the Alternative Reporting standard for filing financial reports with OTC Markets are often subject to large volatility unrelated to the fundamentals of the company.

 

Natural disasters and geo-political events could adversely affect our business.

 

Natural disasters, including hurricanes, cyclones, typhoons, tropical storms, floods, earthquakes and tsunamis, weather conditions, including winter storms, droughts and tornadoes, whether as a result of climate change or otherwise, and geo-political events, including civil unrest or terrorist attacks, that affect us, or other service providers, could adversely affect our business.

 

We do not expect to pay dividends in the future; any return on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.

 

We do not currently anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting it at such time as the board of directors may consider relevant. Our current intention is to apply net earnings, if any, in the foreseeable future to increasing our capital base and development and marketing efforts. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever have sufficient earnings to declare and pay dividends to the holders of our common stock, and in any event, a decision to declare and pay dividends is at the sole discretion of our board of directors. If we do not pay dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if its stock price appreciates.

 

Our issuance of additional shares of Common Stock, or options or warrants to purchase those shares, would dilute your proportionate ownership and voting rights.

 

We are entitled under our articles of incorporation to issue up to 5,000,000,000 shares of common stock. We have issued and outstanding, as of the November 30, 2018, 450,874,858 shares of common stock. In addition, we are entitled under our Articles of Incorporation to issue “blank check” preferred stock. Our board may generally issue shares of common stock, preferred stock, options, or warrants to purchase those shares, without further approval by our shareholders based upon such factors as our board of directors may deem relevant at that time. It is likely that we will be required to issue a large amount of additional securities to raise capital to further our development. It is also likely that we will issue a large amount of additional securities to directors, officers, employees and consultants as compensatory grants in connection with their services, both in the form of stand-alone grants or under our stock plans. We cannot give you any assurance that we will not issue additional shares of common stock, or options or warrants to purchase those shares, under circumstances we may deem appropriate at the time.

 

The elimination of monetary liability against our directors, officers and employees under our Articles of Incorporation and the existence of indemnification rights to our directors, officers and employees may result in substantial expenditures by our company and may discourage lawsuits against our directors, officers and employees.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation contains provisions that eliminate the liability of our directors for monetary damages to our company and shareholders. Our bylaws also require us to indemnify our officers and directors. We may also have contractual indemnification obligations under our agreements with our directors, officers and employees. The foregoing indemnification obligations could result in our company incurring substantial expenditures to cover the cost of settlement or damage awards against directors, officers and employees that we may be unable to recoup. These provisions and resulting costs may also discourage our company from bringing a lawsuit against directors, officers and employees for breaches of their fiduciary duties, and may similarly discourage the filing of derivative litigation by our shareholders against our directors, officers and employees even though such actions, if successful, might otherwise benefit our company and shareholders.

 

 

 

  9  

 

 

We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business.

 

The stock market in general, and the shares of early stage companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the companies involved. If these fluctuations occur in the future, the market price of our shares could fall regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If the market price or volume of our shares suffers extreme fluctuations, then we may become involved in this type of litigation, which would be expensive and divert management’s attention and resources from managing our business.

 

As a public company, we may also from time to time make forward-looking statements about future operating results and provide some financial guidance to the public markets. Our management has limited experience as a management team in a public company and as a result, projections may not be made timely or set at expected performance levels and could materially affect the price of our shares. Any failure to meet published forward-looking statements that adversely affect the stock price could result in losses to investors, stockholder lawsuits or other litigation, sanctions or restrictions issued by the SEC.

 

Our common stock is currently deemed a “penny stock,” which makes it more difficult for our investors to sell their shares.

 

The SEC has adopted Rule 15g-9 which establishes the definition of a “penny stock,” for the purposes relevant to us, as any equity security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require that a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, and the broker or dealer receive from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased.

 

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person and make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

 

The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the SEC relating to the penny stock market, which, in highlight form sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination, and that the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

 

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of our common stock if and when such shares are eligible for sale and may cause a decline in the market value of its stock.

 

Disclosure also has to be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading, and about the commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the registered representative, current quotations for the securities, and the rights and remedies available to an investor in cases of fraud in penny stock transactions. Finally, monthly statements have to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in penny stock.

 

As an issuer of a “penny stock,” the protection provided by the federal securities laws relating to forward-looking statements does not apply to us.

 

Although federal securities laws provide a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by a public company that files reports under the federal securities laws, this safe harbor is not available to issuers of penny stocks. As a result, we will not have the benefit of this safe harbor protection in the event of any legal action based upon a claim that the material provided by us contained a material misstatement of fact or was misleading in any material respect because of our failure to include any statements necessary to make the statements not misleading. Such an action could hurt our financial condition.

 

As an issuer not required to make reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, holders of restricted shares may not be able to sell shares into the open market as Rule 144 exemptions may not apply.

 

Under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, holders of restricted shares may avail themselves of certain exemptions from registration if the holder and the issuer meet certain requirements. As a company that is not required to file reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, referred to as a non-reporting company, we may not, in the future, meet the requirements for an issuer under 144 that would allow a holder to qualify for Rule 144 exemptions. In such an event, holders of restricted stock would have to utilize another exemption from registration or rely on a registration statement to be filed by the Company registering the restricted stock. Although the Company currently plans to file either a form 10 or S-1 with the Commission upon the conclusion of the Regulation A offering, there can be no guarantee that the Company will be able to fulfill one of these registration statements, which could have an adverse effect on our shareholders.

 

 

 

  10  

 

 

Securities analysts may elect not to report on our common stock or may issue negative reports that adversely affect the stock price.

 

At this time, no securities analysts provide research coverage of our common stock, and securities analysts may not elect to provide such coverage in the future. It may remain difficult for our company, with its small market capitalization, to attract independent financial analysts that will cover our common stock. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may adversely affect the stock’s actual and potential market price. The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts elect to cover our company and then downgrade the stock, the stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which, in turn, could cause our stock price to decline. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

A reverse stock split may decrease the liquidity of the shares of our common stock.

 

The liquidity of the shares of our common stock may be adversely affected by a reverse stock split given the reduced number of shares that will be outstanding following a reverse stock split, especially if the market price of our common stock does not increase as a result of the reverse stock split.

 

Following a reverse stock split, the resulting market price of our common stock may not attract new investors, including institutional investors, and may not satisfy the investing requirements of those investors. Consequently, the trading liquidity of our common stock may not improve.

 

Although we believe that a higher market price of our common stock may help generate greater or broader investor interest, we cannot assure you that a reverse stock split will result in a share price that will attract new investors.

 

We are classified as an “emerging growth company” as well as a “smaller reporting company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably opted out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards pursuant to Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act.

 

We could remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

 

Notwithstanding the above, we are also currently a “smaller reporting company.” Specifically, similar to “emerging growth companies,” “smaller reporting companies” are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in their filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in their SEC filings. Decreased disclosures in our SEC filings due to our status as an “emerging growth company” or “smaller reporting company” may make it harder for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.

 

 

 

  11  

 

 

Because directors and officers currently and for the foreseeable future will continue to control GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., it is not likely that you will be able to elect directors or have any say in the policies of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

Our shareholders are not entitled to cumulative voting rights. Consequently, the election of directors and all other matters requiring shareholder approval will be decided by majority vote. The directors, officers and affiliates of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. beneficially own a majority of our outstanding common stock voting rights. Due to such significant ownership position held by our insiders, new investors may not be able to affect a change in our business or management, and therefore, shareholders would have no recourse as a result of decisions made by management.

 

In addition, sales of significant amounts of shares held by our directors, officers or affiliates, or the prospect of these sales, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Management’s stock ownership may discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce our stock price or prevent our stockholders from realizing a premium over our stock price.

 

Risks Relating to Our Company and Industry

 

The following risks relate to our proposed business and the effects upon us assuming we obtain financing in a sufficient amount.

 

The further development and acceptance of the Bitcoin Network and other digital asset systems, which represent a new and rapidly changing industry, are subject to a variety of factors that are difficult to evaluate. The slowing or stopping of the development or acceptance of the Bitcoin Network may adversely affect an investment in our Company.

 

Digital assets such as bitcoins that may be used, among other things, to buy and sell goods and services are a new and rapidly evolving industry of which the Bitcoin Network is a prominent, but not unique, part. The growth of the digital assets industry in general, and the Bitcoin Network in particular, is subject to a high degree of uncertainty. The factors affecting the further development of the digital assets industry, as well as the Bitcoin Network, include:

 

· continued worldwide growth in the adoption and use of bitcoins and other digital assets;

 

· government and quasi-government regulation of bitcoins and other digital assets and their use, or restrictions on or regulation of access to and operation of the Bitcoin Network or similar digital assets systems;

 

· the maintenance and development of the open-source software protocol of the Bitcoin Network;

 

· changes in consumer demographics and public tastes and preferences;

 

· the availability and popularity of other forms or methods of buying and selling goods and services, including new means of using fiat currencies; and

 

  · general economic conditions and the regulatory environment relating to digital assets.

 

Currently, there is relatively small use of bitcoins in the retail and commercial marketplace in comparison to relatively large use by speculators, thus contributing to price volatility that could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

As relatively new products and technologies, bitcoins and the Bitcoin Network have only recently become widely accepted as a means of payment for goods and services by many major retail and commercial outlets and use of bitcoins by consumers to pay such retail and commercial outlets remains limited. Conversely, a sizable portion of bitcoin demand is generated by speculators and investors seeking to profit from the short or long-term holding of bitcoins. A lack of expansion by bitcoins into retail and commercial markets, or a contraction of such use, may result in increased volatility or a reduction in the price of bitcoin, either of which could adversely impact an investment in us.

 

 

 

  12  

 

 

Significant Bitcoin Network contributors could propose amendments to the Bitcoin Network’s protocols and software that, if accepted and authorized by the Bitcoin Network, could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

A small group of individuals contribute to the Bitcoin Core project on Github. This group of contributors is currently headed by Wladimir J. van der Laan, the current lead maintainer. These individuals can propose refinements or improvements to the Bitcoin Network’s source code through one or more software upgrades that alter the protocols and software that govern the Bitcoin Network and the properties of bitcoin, including the irreversibility of transactions and limitations on the mining of new bitcoins. Proposals for upgrades and discussions relating thereto take place on online forums. For example, there is an ongoing debate regarding altering the Bitcoin Blockchain by increasing the size of blocks to accommodate a larger volume of transactions. Although some proponents support an increase, other market participants oppose an increase to the block size as it may deter miners from confirming transactions and concentrate power into a smaller group of miners. To the extent that a significant majority of the users and miners on the Bitcoin Network install such software upgrade(s), the Bitcoin Network would be subject to new protocols and software that may adversely affect an investment in the Shares. In the event a developer or group of developers proposes a modification to the Bitcoin Network that is not accepted by a majority of miners and users, but that is nonetheless accepted by a substantial plurality of miners and users, two or more competing and incompatible Blockchain implementations could result. This is known as a “hard fork.” In such a case, the “hard fork” in the Bitcoin Blockchain could materially and adversely affect the perceived value of bitcoin as reflected on one or both incompatible Blockchains, that may adversely affect an investment in us.

 

The open-source structure of the Bitcoin Network protocol means that the contributors to the protocol are generally not directly compensated for their contributions in maintaining and developing the protocol. A failure to properly monitor and upgrade the protocol could damage the Bitcoin Network and an investment in us.

 

The Bitcoin Network operates based on an open-source protocol maintained by contributors, largely on the Bitcoin Core project on GitHub. As an open source project, Bitcoin is not represented by an official organization or authority. As the Bitcoin Network protocol is not sold and its use does not generate revenues for contributors, contributors are generally not compensated for maintaining and updating the Bitcoin Network protocol. Although the MIT Media Lab’s Digital Currency Initiative funds the current maintainer Wladimir J. van der Laan, among others, this type of financial incentive is not typical. The lack of guaranteed financial incentive for contributors to maintain or develop the Bitcoin Network and the lack of guaranteed resources to adequately address emerging issues with the Bitcoin Network may reduce incentives to address the issues adequately or in a timely manner. This may adversely affect an investment in us.

 

If a malicious actor or botnet obtains control in excess of 50 percent of the processing power active on the Bitcoin Network, it is possible that such actor or botnet could manipulate the Blockchain in a manner that adversely affects an investment in us.

 

If a malicious actor or botnet (a volunteer or hacked collection of computers controlled by networked software coordinating the actions of the computers) obtains a majority of the processing power dedicated to mining on the Bitcoin Network, it may be able to alter the Blockchain on which the Bitcoin Network and all bitcoin transactions rely on by constructing alternate blocks if it is able to solve for such blocks faster than the remainder of the miners on the Bitcoin Network can add valid blocks. In such alternate blocks, the malicious actor or botnet could control, exclude or modify the ordering of transactions, though it could not generate new bitcoins or transactions using such control. Using alternate blocks, the malicious actor could “double-spend” its own bitcoins (i.e., spend the same bitcoins in more than one transaction) and prevent the confirmation of other users’ transactions for so long as it maintains control. To the extent that such malicious actor or botnet does not yield its majority control of the processing power on the Bitcoin Network or the bitcoin community does not reject the fraudulent blocks as malicious, reversing any changes made to the Blockchain may not be possible. Such changes could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

In late May and early June 2014, a mining pool known as GHash.io approached and, during a 24 to 48-hour period in early June may have exceeded, the threshold of 50 percent of the processing power on the Bitcoin Network. To the extent that GHash.io did exceed 50 percent of the processing power on the network, reports indicate that such threshold was surpassed for only a short period, and there are no reports of any malicious activity or control of the Bitcoin Blockchain performed by GHash.io. Furthermore, the processing power in the mining pool appears to have been redirected to other pools on a voluntary basis by participants in the GHash.io pool, as had been done in prior instances when a mining pool exceeded 40 percent of the processing power on the Bitcoin Network. The approach to and possible crossing of the 50 percent threshold indicate a greater risk that a single mining pool could exert authority over the validation of bitcoin transactions. To the extent that the Bitcoin ecosystem, including the Core Developers and the administrators of mining pools, do not act to ensure greater decentralization of bitcoin mining processing power, the feasibility of a malicious actor obtaining in excess of 50 percent of the processing power on the Bitcoin Network (e.g., through control of a large mining pool or through hacking such a mining pool) will increase, which may adversely impact an investment in us.

 

 

 

  13  

 

 

If the award of bitcoin for solving blocks and transaction fees for recording transactions are not sufficiently high enough to incentivize miners, miners may cease expending hashrate to solve blocks and confirmations of transactions on the Bitcoin Blockchain could be slowed temporarily. A reduction in the hashrate expended by miners on the Bitcoin Network could increase the likelihood of a malicious actor obtaining control in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate hashrate active on the Bitcoin Network or the Blockchain, potentially permitting such actor to manipulate the Blockchain in a manner that adversely affects an investment in us.

 

As the award of new bitcoins for solving blocks declines, and if transaction fees are not sufficiently high, miners may not have an adequate incentive to continue mining and may cease their mining operations. The current fixed reward for solving a new block is twelve and a half (12.5) bitcoin per block; the reward decreased from twenty-five (25) bitcoin in July 2016. It is estimated that it will halve again in about four (4) years. This reduction may result in a reduction in the aggregate hashrate of the Bitcoin Network as the incentive for miners will decrease. Moreover, miners ceasing operations would reduce the aggregate hashrate on the Bitcoin Network, which would adversely affect the confirmation process for transactions (i.e., temporarily decreasing the speed at which blocks are added to the Bitcoin Blockchain until the next scheduled adjustment in difficulty for block solutions) and make the Bitcoin Network more vulnerable to a malicious actor obtaining control in excess of fifty (50) percent of the aggregate hashrate on the Bitcoin Network. Periodically, the Bitcoin Network has adjusted the difficulty for block solutions so that solution speeds remain in the vicinity of the expected ten (10) minute confirmation time targeted by the Bitcoin Network protocol. The Company believes that from time to time there will be further considerations and adjustments to the Bitcoin Network regarding the difficulty for block solutions. More significant reductions in aggregate hashrate on the Bitcoin Network could result in material, though temporary, delays in block solution confirmation time. Any reduction in confidence in the confirmation process or aggregate hashrate of the Bitcoin Network may negatively impact the value of bitcoin, which will adversely impact an investment in us.

 

To the extent that the profit margins of Bitcoin mining operations are not high, operators of Bitcoin mining operations are more likely to immediately sell bitcoins earned by mining in the Bitcoin Exchange Market, resulting in a reduction in the price of bitcoins that could adversely impact an investment in us.

 

Over the past two years, Bitcoin Network mining operations have evolved from individual users mining with computer processors, graphics processing units and first-generation ASIC servers. Currently, new processing power brought onto the Bitcoin Network is predominantly added by incorporated and unincorporated “professionalized” mining operations. Professionalized mining operations may use proprietary hardware or sophisticated ASIC machines acquired from ASIC manufacturers. They require the investment of significant capital for the acquisition of this hardware, the leasing of operating space (often in data centers or warehousing facilities), incurring of electricity costs and the employment of technicians to operate the mining farms. As a result, professionalized mining operations are of a greater scale than prior Bitcoin Network miners and have more defined, regular expenses and liabilities. These regular expenses and liabilities require professionalized mining operations to more immediately sell bitcoins earned from mining operations on a Bitcoin Exchange Market, whereas it is believed that individual miners in past years were more likely to hold newly mined bitcoins for more extended periods. The immediate selling of newly mined bitcoins greatly increases the supply of bitcoins on the Bitcoin Exchange Markets, creating downward pressure on the price of bitcoins.

 

The extent to which the value of bitcoin mined by a professionalized mining operation exceeds the allocable capital and operating costs determines the profit margin of such operation. A professionalized mining operation may be more likely to sell a higher percentage of its newly mined bitcoin rapidly if it is operating at a low profit margin—and it may partially or completely cease operations if its profit margin is negative. In a low profit margin environment, a higher percentage could be sold into the Bitcoin Exchange Market more rapidly, thereby potentially reducing bitcoin prices. Lower bitcoin prices could result in further tightening of profit margins, particularly for professionalized mining operations with higher costs and more limited capital reserves, creating a negative effect that may further reduce the price of bitcoin until mining operations with higher operating costs become unprofitable and remove mining power from the Bitcoin Network. The network effect of reduced profit margins resulting in greater sales of newly mined bitcoin could result in a reduction in the price of bitcoin that could adversely impact an investment in us.

 

To the extent that any miners cease to record transactions in solved blocks, transactions that do not include the payment of a transaction fee will not be recorded on the Bitcoin Blockchain until a block is solved by a miner who does not require the payment of transaction fees. Any widespread delays in the recording of transactions could result in a loss of confidence in the Bitcoin Network, which could adversely impact an investment in us.

 

To the extent that any miners cease to record transaction in solved blocks, such transactions will not be recorded on the Blockchain. Currently, there are no known incentives for miners to elect to exclude the recording of transactions in solved blocks; however, to the extent that any such incentives arise (e.g., a collective movement among miners or one or more mining pools forcing bitcoin users to pay transaction fees as a substitute for or in addition to the award of new bitcoins upon the solving of a block), actions of miners solving a significant number of blocks could delay the recording and confirmation of transactions on the Bitcoin Blockchain. Any systemic delays in the recording and confirmation of transactions on its blockchain could result in greater exposure to double-spending transactions and a loss of confidence in the Bitcoin Network, which could adversely impact an investment in us.

 

 

 

  14  

 

 

The acceptance of Bitcoin Network software patches or upgrades by a significant, but not overwhelming, percentage of the users and miners in the Bitcoin Network could result in a “fork” in its blockchain, resulting in the operation of two separate networks until such time as the forked blockchains are merged. The temporary or permanent existence of forked Bitcoin blockchains could adversely impact an investment in us.

 

Bitcoin is an open source project and, although there is an influential group of leaders in the Bitcoin Network community including the Core Developers, there is no official developer or group of developers that formally controls the Bitcoin Network. Any individual can download the Bitcoin Network software and make any desired modifications, which are proposed to users and miners on the Bitcoin Network through software downloads and upgrades, typically posted to the bitcoin development forum on GitHub.com. A substantial majority of miners and bitcoin users must consent to those software modifications by downloading the altered software or upgrade that implements the changes; otherwise, the changes do not become a part of the Bitcoin Network. Since the Bitcoin Network’s inception, changes to the Bitcoin Network have been accepted by the vast majority of users and miners, ensuring that the Bitcoin Network remains a coherent economic system; however, a developer or group of developers could potentially propose a modification to the Bitcoin Network that is not accepted by a vast majority of miners and users, but that is nonetheless accepted by a substantial population of participants in the Bitcoin Network. In such a case, and if the modification is material and/or not backwards compatible with the prior version of Bitcoin Network software, a fork in the blockchain could develop and two separate Bitcoin Networks could result, one running the pre-modification software program and the other running the modified version (i.e., a second “Bitcoin” network). Such a fork in its blockchain typically would be addressed by community-led efforts to merge the forked blockchains, and several prior forks have been so merged. This kind of split in the Bitcoin Network could materially and adversely impact an investment in us and, in the worst-case scenario, harm the sustainability of the Bitcoin Network’s economy.

 

Intellectual property rights claims may adversely affect the operation of the Bitcoin Network.

 

Third parties may assert intellectual property claims relating to the holding and transfer of digital assets and their source code. Regardless of the merit of any intellectual property or other legal action, any threatened action that reduces confidence in the Bitcoin Network’s long-term viability or the ability of end-users to hold and transfer bitcoins may adversely affect an investment in us. Additionally, a meritorious intellectual property claim could prevent us and other end-users from accessing the Bitcoin Network or holding or transferring their bitcoins. As a result, any intellectual property claims against us or other large Bitcoin Network participants could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

The Bitcoin Exchanges on which bitcoins trade are relatively new and, in most cases, largely unregulated and may therefore be more exposed to fraud and failure than established, regulated exchanges for other assets. In the event the Bitcoin Exchanges representing a substantial portion of the volume in bitcoin trading are involved in fraud or experience security failures or other operational issues, such Bitcoin Exchanges’ failures may result in a reduction in the price of bitcoin and can adversely affect an investment in us.

 

The Bitcoin Exchanges on which the bitcoins trade are new and, in most cases, largely unregulated. Furthermore, many Bitcoin Exchanges (including several of the most prominent US Dollar Denominated Bitcoin Exchanges) do not provide the public with significant information regarding their ownership structure, management teams, corporate practices or regulatory compliance. As a result, the marketplace may lose confidence in, or may experience problems relating to, Bitcoin Exchanges, including prominent exchanges handling a significant portion of the volume of bitcoin trading.

 

Over the past four (4) years, a number of Bitcoin Exchanges have been closed due to fraud, failure or security breaches. In many of these instances, the customers of such Bitcoin Exchanges were not compensated or made whole for the partial or complete losses of their account balances in such Bitcoin Exchanges. While smaller Bitcoin Exchanges are less likely to have the infrastructure and capitalization that make larger Bitcoin Exchanges more stable, larger Bitcoin Exchanges are more likely to be appealing targets for hackers and “malware” (i.e., software used or programmed by attackers to disrupt computer operation, gather sensitive information or gain access to private computer systems). Furthermore, the collapse of the largest Bitcoin Exchange in 2014 suggests that the failure of one component of the overall Bitcoin ecosystem can have consequences for both users of a Bitcoin Exchange and the Bitcoin industry as a whole.

 

A lack of stability in the Bitcoin Exchange Market and the closure or temporary shutdown of Bitcoin Exchanges due to fraud, business failure, hackers or malware, or government-mandated regulation may reduce confidence in the Bitcoin Network and result in greater volatility in bitcoin value. These potential consequences of a Bitcoin Exchange’s failure could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

 

 

  15  

 

 

Political or economic crises may motivate large-scale sales of bitcoins, which could result in a reduction in Bitcoin value and adversely affect an investment in us.

 

As an alternative to fiat currencies that are backed by central governments, digital assets such as bitcoins, which are relatively new, are subject to supply and demand forces based upon the desirability of an alternative, decentralized means of buying and selling goods and services, and it is unclear how such supply and demand will be impacted by geopolitical events. Nevertheless, political or economic crises may motivate large-scale acquisitions or sales of bitcoins either globally or locally. Large-scale sales of bitcoins would result in a reduction in bitcoin value and could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

Demand for bitcoin is driven, in part, by its status as the most prominent and secure digital asset. It is possible that a digital asset other than bitcoin could have features that make it more desirable to a material portion of the digital asset user base, resulting in a reduction in demand for bitcoins, which could have a negative impact on the price of bitcoins and adversely affect an investment in us.

 

The Bitcoin Network and bitcoins, as an asset, hold a “first-to-market” advantage over other digital assets. This first-to-market advantage is driven in large part by having the largest user base and, more importantly, the largest combined mining power in use to secure the Bitcoin Blockchain and transaction verification system. Having a large mining network results in greater user confidence regarding the security and long-term stability of a digital asset’s network and its blockchain; as a result, the advantage of more users and miners makes a digital asset more secure, which makes it more attractive to new users and miners, resulting in a network effect that strengthens the first-to-market advantage.

 

As of January 14, 2018, there were over one thousand, four hundred (1,400) alternate digital assets (or altcoins) tracked by CoinMarketCap, having a total market capitalization (including the market capitalization of bitcoin) of approximately $700 billion, using market prices and total available supply of each digital asset. These included altcoins using a “proof of work” mining structure similar to Bitcoin, and those using a “proof of stake” transaction verification system that is different than Bitcoin’s mining system (e.g., Peercoin, Bitshares and NXT). As of January 14, 2018, Bitcoin’s $229 billion market capitalization was over two (2) times the size of the $128 billion market cap of Ether, the second largest proof-of-work digital asset. Despite the marked first-mover advantage of the Bitcoin Network over other digital assets, it is possible that another digital asset could become materially popular due to either a perceived or exposed shortcoming of the Bitcoin Network protocol that is not immediately addressed by the Bitcoin contributor community or a perceived advantage of an altcoin that includes features not incorporated into Bitcoin. If a digital asset obtains significant market share (either in market capitalization, mining power or use as a payment technology), this could reduce Bitcoin’s market share as well as other digital assets we may become involved in and have a negative impact on the demand for, and price of, such digital assets and could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

Our ability to adopt technology in response to changing security needs or trends poses a challenge to the safekeeping of our bitcoins.

 

The history of the Bitcoin Exchange Market has shown that Bitcoin Exchanges and large holders of bitcoins must adapt to technological change in order to secure and safeguard their bitcoins. We will rely on Bitgo Inc.’s multi-signature enterprise storage solution to safeguard our bitcoins from theft, loss, destruction or other issues relating to hackers and technological attack. We believe that it may become a more appealing target of security threats as the size of our bitcoin holdings grow. To the extent that either Bitgo Inc. or we are unable to identify and mitigate or stop new security threats, our bitcoins may be subject to theft, loss, destruction or other attack, which could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

Security threats to us could result in, a loss of Company’s bitcoins, or damage to the reputation and our brand, each of which could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

Security breaches, computer malware and computer hacking attacks have been a prevalent concern in the Bitcoin Exchange Market since the launch of the Bitcoin Network. Any security breach caused by hacking, which involves efforts to gain unauthorized access to information or systems, or to cause intentional malfunctions or loss or corruption of data, software, hardware or other computer equipment, and the inadvertent transmission of computer viruses, could harm our business operations or result in loss of our bitcoins. Any breach of our infrastructure could result in damage to our reputation which could adversely affect an investment in us. Furthermore, we believe that, as our assets grow, it may become a more appealing target for security threats such as hackers and malware.

 

We will primarily rely on Bitgo Inc.’s multi-signature enterprise storage solution to safeguard our bitcoins from theft, loss, destruction or other issues relating to hackers and technological attack. Nevertheless, Bitgo Inc.’s security system may not be impenetrable and may not be free from defect or immune to acts of God, and any loss due to a security breach, software defect or act of God will be borne by us. Our bitcoins will also be stored with exchanges such as Coinbase and others prior to selling them.

 

 

 

  16  

 

 

The security system and operational infrastructure may be breached due to the actions of outside parties, error or malfeasance of an employee of ours, or otherwise, and, as a result, an unauthorized party may obtain access to our, private keys, data, or bitcoins. Additionally, outside parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees of ours to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our infrastructure. As the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently, or may be designed to remain dormant until a predetermined event and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security system occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security system could be harmed, which could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

In the event of a security breach, we may be forced to cease operations, or suffer a reduction in assets, the occurrence of each of which could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

A loss of confidence in our security system, or a breach of our security system, may adversely affect us and the value of an investment in us.

 

We will take measures to protect us and our bitcoins from unauthorized access, damage or theft; however, it is possible that the security system may not prevent the improper access to, or damage or theft of our bitcoins. A security breach could harm our reputation or result in the loss of some or all of our bitcoins. A resulting perception that our measures do not adequately protect our bitcoins could result in a loss of current or potential shareholders, reducing demand for our Common Stock and causing our shares to decrease in value.

 

Bitcoin transactions are irrevocable and stolen or incorrectly transferred bitcoins may be irretrievable. As a result, any incorrectly executed Bitcoin transactions could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

Bitcoin transactions are not, from an administrative perspective, reversible without the consent and active participation of the recipient of the transaction or, in theory, control or consent of a majority of the processing power on the Bitcoin Network. Once a transaction has been verified and recorded in a block that is added to its blockchain, an incorrect transfer of bitcoins or theft of bitcoins generally will not be reversible, and we may not be capable of seeking compensation for any such transfer or theft. Although our transfers of bitcoins will regularly be made to or from vendors, consultants, services providers, etc. it is possible that, through computer or human error, or through theft or criminal action, our bitcoins could be transferred from us in incorrect amounts or to unauthorized third parties. To the extent that we are unable to seek a corrective transaction with such third party or are incapable of identifying the third party which has received our bitcoins through error or theft, we will be unable to revert or otherwise recover incorrectly transferred Company bitcoins. To the extent that we are unable to seek redress for such error or theft, such loss could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

Our bitcoins may be subject to loss, damage, theft or restriction on access.

 

There is a risk that part or all of our bitcoins could be lost, stolen or destroyed. We believe that our bitcoins will be an appealing target to hackers or malware distributors seeking to destroy, damage or steal our bitcoins. Although we will primarily utilize Bitgo Inc.’s enterprise multi-signature storage solution, to minimize the risk of loss, damage and theft, we cannot guarantee that it will prevent such loss, damage or theft, whether caused intentionally, accidentally or by act of God. Access to our bitcoins could also be restricted by natural events (such as an earthquake or flood) or human actions (such as a terrorist attack). Any of these events may adversely affect our operations and consequently, an investment in us.

 

The limited rights of legal recourse against us, and our lack of insurance protection expose us and our shareholders to the risk of loss of our bitcoins for which no person is liable.

 

The bitcoins held by us are not insured. Therefore, a loss may be suffered with respect to our bitcoin which is not covered by insurance and for which no person is liable in damages which could adversely affect our operations and consequently, an investment in us.

 

We may not have adequate sources of recovery if our bitcoins are lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

If our bitcoins are lost, stolen or destroyed under circumstances rendering a party liable to us, the responsible party may not have the financial resources sufficient to satisfy our claim. For example, as to a particular event of loss, the only source of recovery for us might be limited, to the extent identifiable, other responsible third parties (e.g., a thief or terrorist), any of which may not have the financial resources (including liability insurance coverage) to satisfy a valid claim of ours.

 

 

 

  17  

 

 

The sale of our bitcoins to pay expenses at a time of low bitcoin prices could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

We may sell bitcoins to pay expenses on an as-needed basis, irrespective of then-current bitcoin prices. Consequently, our bitcoins may be sold at a time when the bitcoin prices on the Bitcoin Exchange Market are low, which could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

Intellectual property rights claims may adversely affect an investment in us.

 

We are not aware of any intellectual property claims that may prevent us from operating and holding bitcoins; however, third parties may assert intellectual property claims relating to the operation of us and the mechanics instituted for the investment in, holding of and transfer of bitcoins. Regardless of the merit of an intellectual property or other legal action, any legal expenses to defend or payments to settle such claims would be extremely expensive and be borne by us through the sale of our bitcoins. Additionally, a meritorious intellectual property claim could prevent us from operating and force us to liquidate our bitcoins. As a result, an intellectual property claim against us could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

Risks Related to Our Transaction Verification Business

 

The loss or destruction of a private key required to access a bitcoin wallet may be irreversible. Our loss of access to our private keys or a data loss relating to our Company’s bitcoins could adversely affect an investment in our Company.

 

Bitcoins are controllable only by the possessor of both the unique public key and private key relating to the local or online digital wallet in which the bitcoins are held. We are required by the operation of the Bitcoin Network to publish the public key relating to a digital wallet in use by us when it first verifies a spending transaction from that digital wallet and disseminates such information into the Bitcoin Network. We will safeguard and protect the private keys relating to our bitcoins by primarily utilizing Bitgo Inc.’s enterprise multi-signature storage solution; to the extent a private key is lost, destroyed or otherwise compromised and no backup of the private key is accessible, we will be unable to access the bitcoins held by it and the private key will not be capable of being restored by the Bitcoin Network. Any loss of private keys relating to digital wallets used to store our bitcoins could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

If the award of bitcoins for solving blocks and transaction fees for recording transactions are not sufficiently high to cover expenses related to running data center operations it may have adverse effects on an investment in us.

 

If the award of new bitcoins for solving blocks declines and transaction fees are not sufficiently high, our operating expenses may outweigh our revenues for mining bitcoins, which may adversely impact an investment in us.

 

As the number of bitcoins awarded for solving a block in its blockchain decreases, the incentive for miners to continue to contribute processing power to the Bitcoin Network will transition from a set reward to transaction fees. Either the requirement from miners of higher transaction fees in exchange for recording transactions in the blockchain or a software upgrade that automatically charges fees for all transactions may decrease demand for bitcoins and prevent the expansion of the Bitcoin Network to retail merchants and commercial businesses, resulting in a reduction in the price of bitcoins that could adversely impact an investment in us.

 

In order to incentivize miners to continue to contribute processing power to the Bitcoin Network, the Bitcoin Network may either formally or informally transition from a set reward to transaction fees earned upon solving for a block. This transition could be accomplished either by miners independently electing to record in the blocks they solve only those transactions that include payment of a transaction fee or by the Bitcoin Network adopting software upgrades that require the payment of a minimum transaction fee for all transactions. If transaction fees paid for Bitcoin transactions become too high, the marketplace may be reluctant to accept bitcoins as a means of payment and existing users may be motivated to switch from bitcoin to another digital asset or back to fiat currency. Decreased use and demand for bitcoins may adversely affect their value and may adversely impact an investment in us.

 

Government Regulation

 

Regulatory changes or actions may restrict the use of bitcoins or the operation of the Bitcoin Network in a manner that adversely affects an investment in us.

 

Until recently, little or no regulatory attention has been directed toward bitcoin and the Bitcoin Network by U.S. federal and state governments, foreign governments and self-regulatory agencies. As bitcoin has grown in popularity and in market size, the Federal Reserve Board, U.S. Congress and certain U.S. agencies (e.g., the CFTC, SEC. FinCEN and the Federal Bureau of Investigation) have begun to examine the operations of the Bitcoin Network, Bitcoin users and the Bitcoin Exchange Market.

 

 

 

  18  

 

 

On July 25, 2017, the SEC issued a Report of Investigation or Report which concluded that digital assets or tokens issued for the purpose of raising funds may be securities within the meaning of the federal securities laws. The Report focused on the activities of Ether which is the second largest reported digital currency. The Report emphasized that whether a digital asset is a security is based on the facts and circumstances. Although the Company’s activities are not focused on raising capital or assisting others that do so, the federal securities laws are very broad, and there can be no assurances that the SEC will not take enforcement action against the Company in the future. The SEC has taken various actions against persons or entities misusing bitcoin in connection with fraudulent schemes (i.e., Ponzi scheme), inaccurate and inadequate publicly disseminated information, and the offering of unregistered securities. The CFTC has determined that bitcoin and other virtual currencies are commodities and the sale of derivatives based on digital currencies must be done in accordance with the provisions of the CEA and CFTC regulations. Also, of significance, is that the CFTC appears to have taken the position that bitcoin is not encompassed by the definition of currency under the CEA and CFTC regulations. The CFTC defined bitcoin and other “virtual currencies” as “a digital representation of value that functions as a medium of exchange, a unit of account, and/or a store of value, but does not have legal tender status in any jurisdiction. Bitcoin and other virtual currencies are distinct from ‘real’ currencies, which are the coin and paper money of the United States or another country that are designated as legal tender, circulate, and are customarily used and accepted as a medium of exchange in the country of issuance.” To the extent that bitcoin itself is determined to be a security, commodity, future, or other regulated asset, or to the extent that a US or foreign government or quasi-governmental agency exerts regulatory authority over the Bitcoin Network or bitcoin trading and ownership, trading or ownership in bitcoin or an investment in us may be adversely affected.

 

The CFTC affirmed its approach to the regulation of bitcoin and bitcoin-related enterprises on June 2, 2016, when the CFTC settled charges against Bitfinex, a Bitcoin Exchange based in Hong Kong. In its Order, the CFTC found that Bitfinex engaged in “illegal, off-exchange commodity transactions and failed to register as a futures commission merchant” when it facilitated borrowing transactions among its users to permit the trading of bitcoin on a “leveraged, margined or financed basis” without first registering with the CFTC.

 

Local state regulators such as the NYSDFS have also initiated examinations of bitcoin, the Bitcoin Network and the regulation thereof. In July 2014, the NYSDFS proposed the first US regulatory framework for licensing participants in “virtual currency business activity.” The proposed regulations, known as the “BitLicense,” are intended to focus on consumer protection and, after the closure of an initial comment period that yielded 3,746 formal public comments and a re-proposal, the NYSDFS issued its final “BitLicense” regulatory framework in June 2015. The “BitLicense” regulates the conduct of businesses that are involved in “virtual currencies” in New York or with New York customers and prohibits any person or entity involved in such activity to conduct activities without a license.

 

Additionally, a U.S. federal magistrate judge in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas has ruled that “Bitcoin is a currency or form of money,” a Florida circuit court judge determined that bitcoin did not qualify as money or “tangible wealth,” and an opinion from the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois identified Bitcoin as “virtual currency.” Additionally, two CFTC commissioners publicly expressed a belief that derivatives based on bitcoin are subject to the same regulation as those based on commodities, and the IRS released guidance treating bitcoin as property that is not currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Taxing authorities of a number of U.S. states have also issued their own guidance regarding the tax treatment of bitcoin for state income or sales tax purposes. On June 28, 2014, the Governor of the State of California signed into law a bill that removed state-level prohibitions on the use of alternative forms of currency or value (including bitcoin). The bill indirectly authorizes bitcoin’s use as an alternative form of money in the state. In February 2015, a bill was introduced in the California State Assembly to establish a licensing regime for businesses engaging in “virtual currencies.” In September 2015, the bill was ordered to become an inactive file and as of the date of this registration statement there hasn’t been further consideration by the California State Assembly. As of August 2016, the bill was withdrawn from consideration for vote for the remainder of the year. There is a possibility of future regulatory change altering, perhaps to a material extent, the nature of an investment in us or the ability of us to continue our operations.

 

Bitcoin currently faces an uncertain regulatory landscape in not only the United States but also in many foreign jurisdictions such as the European Union, China and Russia. While certain governments such as Germany, where the Ministry of Finance has declared bitcoin to be “Rechnungseinheiten” (a form of private money that is recognized as a unit of account, but not recognized in the same manner as fiat currency), have issued guidance as to how to treat bitcoin, most regulatory bodies have not yet issued official statements regarding intention to regulate or determinations on regulation of bitcoin, the Bitcoin Network and Bitcoin users.

 

 

 

  19  

 

 

Among those for which preliminary guidance has been issued in some form, Canada and Taiwan have labeled bitcoin as a digital or virtual currency, distinct from fiat currency, while Sweden and Norway are among those to categorize bitcoin as a form of virtual asset or commodity. In Australia, a GST (similar to the European value added tax (“VAT”)) is currently applied to Bitcoin, forcing a ten (10) percent markup on top of market price, essentially preventing the operation of any Bitcoin exchange. This may be undergoing a change, however, since the Senate Economics References Committee and the Productivity Commission recommended that digital currency be treated as money for GST purposes to remove the double taxation. The United Kingdom determined that the VAT will not apply to Bitcoin sales. In China, a recent government notice classified bitcoin as legal and “virtual commodities;” however, the same notice restricted the banking and payment industries from using bitcoin, creating uncertainty and limiting the ability of Bitcoin Exchanges to operate in the then-second largest bitcoin market. In January 2016, the People’s Bank of China, China’s central bank, disclosed that it has been studying a state-backed electronic monetary system and potentially had plans for its own state-backed electronic money. In January 2017, the People’s Bank of China announced that it had found several violations, including margin financing and a failure to impose anti-money laundering controls, after on-site inspections of two China-based Bitcoin Exchanges. In response to the Chinese regulator’s oversight, the three largest China-based Bitcoin Exchanges, OKCoin, Huobi, and BTC China, started charging trading commission fees to suppress speculative trading and prevent price swings which resulted in a significant drop in volume on these exchanges. Since December 2013, China, Iceland, Vietnam and Russia have taken a more restrictive stance toward bitcoin and, thereby, have reduced the rate of expansion of bitcoin use in each country. In May 2014, the Central Bank of Bolivia banned the use of bitcoin as a means of payment. In the summer and fall of 2014, Ecuador announced plans for its own state-backed electronic money, while passing legislation that prohibits the use of decentralized digital assets such as bitcoin. In July 2016, economists at the Bank of England advocated that central banks issue their own digital currency, and the House of Lords and Bank of England started discussing the feasibility of creating a national virtual currency, the BritCoin. As of July 2016, Iceland was studying how to create a system in which all money is created by a central bank, and Canada was beginning to experiment with a digital version of its currency called CAD-COIN, intended to be used exclusively for interbank payments. In July 2016, the Russian Ministry of Finance indicated it supports a proposed law that bans bitcoin domestically but allows for its use as a foreign currency. Conversely, regulatory bodies in some countries such as India and Switzerland have declined to exercise regulatory authority when afforded the opportunity. In April 2015, the Japanese Cabinet approved proposed legal changes that would reportedly treat bitcoin and other digital assets as included in the definition of currency. These regulations would, among other things, require market participants, including exchanges, to meet certain compliance requirements and be subject to oversight by the Financial Services Agency, a Japanese regulator. These changes were approved by the Japanese Diet in May 2016 and are expected to be effective beginning in 2017. In July 2016, the European Commission released a draft directive that proposed applying counter-terrorism and anti-money laundering regulations to virtual currencies, and in September 2016, the European Banking authority advised the European Commission to institute new regulation specific to virtual currencies, with amendments to existing regulation as a stopgap measure. Various foreign jurisdictions may, in the near future, adopt laws, regulations or directives that affect the Bitcoin Network and its users, particularly Bitcoin Exchanges and service providers that fall within such jurisdictions’ regulatory scope. Such laws, regulations or directives may conflict with those of the United States and may negatively impact the acceptance of bitcoin by users, merchants and service providers outside of the United States and may therefore impede the growth of the Bitcoin economy.

 

The effect of any future regulatory change on us, bitcoins, or other digital assets is impossible to predict, but such change could be substantial and adverse to us and could adversely affect an investment in us.

 

It may be illegal now, or in the future, to acquire, own, hold, sell or use bitcoins in one or more countries, and ownership of, holding or trading in our Company’s securities may also be considered illegal and subject to sanction.

 

Although bitcoin currently is not regulated, or are lightly regulated in most countries, including the United States, one or more countries such as China and Russia may take regulatory actions in the future that severely restricts the right to acquire, own, hold, sell or use bitcoins or to exchange bitcoins for fiat currency. Such an action may also result in the restriction of ownership, holding or trading in our securities. Such restrictions may adversely affect an investment in us.

 

If regulatory changes or interpretations of our activities require our registration as a MSB under the regulations promulgated by FinCEN under the authority of the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act, we may be required to register and comply with such regulations. If regulatory changes or interpretations of our activities require the licensing or other registration of us as a money transmitter (or equivalent designation) under state law in any state in which we operate, we may be required to seek licensure or otherwise register and comply with such state law. In the event of any such requirement, to the extent the Company decides to continue, the required registrations, licensure and regulatory compliance steps may result in extraordinary, non-recurring expenses to us. We may also decide to cease the Company’s operations. Any termination of certain Company operations in response to the changed regulatory circumstances may be at a time that is disadvantageous to investors.

 

To the extent that the activities of the Company cause it to be deemed a MSB under the regulations promulgated by FinCEN under the authority of the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act, the Company may be required to comply with FinCEN regulations, including those that would mandate the Company to implement anti-money laundering programs, make certain reports to FinCEN, and maintain certain records.

 

 

 

  20  

 

 

To the extent that the activities of the Company cause it to be deemed a “money transmitter” (or equivalent designation) under state law in any state in which the Company operates, the Company may be required to seek a license or otherwise register with a state regulator and comply with state regulations that may include the implementation of anti-money laundering programs, maintenance of certain records and other operational requirements. Currently, the NYSDFS has finalized its “BitLicense” framework for businesses that conduct “virtual currency business activity,” the Conference of State Bank Supervisors has proposed a model form of state level “virtual currency” regulation and additional state regulators including those from California, Idaho, Virginia, Kansas, Texas, South Dakota and Washington have made public statements indicating that virtual currency businesses may be required to seek licenses as money transmitters. In July 2016, North Carolina updated the law to define “virtual currency” and the activities that trigger licensure in a business-friendly approach that encourages companies to use virtual currency and blockchain technology. Specifically, the North Carolina law does not require miners or software providers to obtain a license for multi-signature software, smart contract platforms, smart property, colored coins and non-hosted, non-custodial wallets. Starting January 1, 2016, New Hampshire requires anyone exchanges a digital currency for another currency must become a licensed and bonded money transmitter. In numerous other states, including Connecticut and New Jersey, legislation is being proposed or has been introduced regarding the treatment of bitcoin and other digital assets. The Company will continue to monitor for developments in such legislation, guidance or regulations.

 

Such additional federal or state regulatory obligations may cause the Company to incur extraordinary expenses, possibly affecting an investment in the Shares in a material and adverse manner. Furthermore, the Company and its service providers may not be capable of complying with certain federal or state regulatory obligations applicable to MSBs and MTs. If the Company is deemed to be subject to and determines not to comply with such additional regulatory and registration requirements, we may act to dissolve and liquidate the Company. Any such action may adversely affect an investment in us.

 

Current interpretations require the regulation of bitcoins under the CEA by the CFTC, we may be required to register and comply with such regulations. To the extent that we decide to continue operations, the required registrations and regulatory compliance steps may result in extraordinary, non-recurring expenses to us. We may also decide to cease certain operations. Any disruption of our operations in response to the changed regulatory circumstances may be at a time that is disadvantageous to investors.

 

Current and future legislation, CFTC and other regulatory developments, including interpretations released by a regulatory authority, may impact the manner in which bitcoins are treated for classification and clearing purposes. In particular, bitcoin derivatives are not excluded from the definition of “commodity future” by the CFTC. We cannot be certain as to how future regulatory developments will impact the treatment of bitcoins under the law.

 

Bitcoins have been deemed to fall within the definition of a commodity and we may be required to register and comply with additional regulation under the CEA, including additional periodic report and disclosure standards and requirements. Moreover, we may be required to register as a commodity pool operator and to register us as a commodity pool with the CFTC through the National Futures Association. Such additional registrations may result in extraordinary, non-recurring expenses, thereby materially and adversely impacting an investment in us. If we determine not to comply with such additional regulatory and registration requirements, we may seek to cease certain of our operations. Any such action may adversely affect an investment in us. No CFTC orders or rulings are applicable to our business.

 

If regulatory changes or interpretations require the regulation of bitcoins under the Securities Act and Investment Company Act by the SEC, we may be required to register and comply with such regulations. To the extent that we decide to continue operations, the required registrations and regulatory compliance steps may result in extraordinary, non-recurring expenses to us. We may also decide to cease certain operations. Any disruption of our operations in response to the changed regulatory circumstances may be at a time that is disadvantageous to investors.

 

Current and future legislation and SEC rulemaking and other regulatory developments, including interpretations released by a regulatory authority, may impact the manner in which bitcoins are treated for classification and clearing purposes. In particular, bitcoins may not be excluded from the definition of “security” by SEC rulemaking or interpretation. As of the date of this Offering Circular, we are not aware of any rules or interpretations that have been proposed to regulate bitcoins as securities. We cannot be certain as to how future regulatory developments will impact the treatment of bitcoins under the law. Such additional registrations may result in extraordinary, non-recurring expenses, thereby materially and adversely impacting an investment in us. If we determine not to comply with such additional regulatory and registration requirements, we may seek to cease certain of our operations. Any such action may adversely affect an investment in us.

 

 

 

  21  

 

 

To the extent that bitcoins are deemed by the SEC to fall within the definition of a security, we may be required to register and comply with additional regulation under the Investment Company Act, including additional periodic reporting and disclosure standards and requirements and the registration of our Company as an investment company. Additionally, one or more states may conclude bitcoins are a security under state securities laws which would require registration under state laws including merit review laws which would adversely impact us since we would likely not comply. Such additional registrations may result in extraordinary, non-recurring expenses of our Company, thereby materially and adversely impacting an investment in our Company. If we determine not to comply with such additional regulatory and registration requirements, we may seek to cease all or certain parts of our operations. Any such action may adversely affect an investment in us.

 

If federal or state legislatures or agencies initiate or release tax determinations that change the classification of bitcoins as property for tax purposes (in the context of when such bitcoins are held as an investment), such determination could have a negative tax consequence on our Company or our shareholders.

 

Current IRS guidance indicates that digital assets such as bitcoins should be treated and taxed as property, and that transactions involving the payment of bitcoins for goods and services should be treated as barter transactions. While this treatment creates a potential tax reporting requirement for any circumstance where the ownership of a bitcoin passes from one person to another, usually by means of bitcoin transactions (including off-blockchain transactions), it preserves the right to apply capital gains treatment to those transactions which may have adversely affect an investment in our Company.

 

On December 5, 2014, the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance issued guidance regarding the application of state tax law to digital assets such as bitcoins. The agency determined that New York State would follow IRS guidance with respect to the treatment of digital assets such as bitcoins for state income tax purposes. Furthermore, they defined digital assets such as bitcoin to be a form of “intangible property,” meaning the purchase and sale of bitcoins for fiat currency is not subject to state income tax (although transactions of bitcoin for other goods and services maybe subject to sales tax under barter transaction treatment). It is unclear if other states will follow the guidance of the IRS and the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance with respect to the treatment of digital assets such as bitcoins for income tax and sales tax purposes. If a state adopts a different treatment, such treatment may have negative consequences including the imposition of greater a greater tax burden on investors in bitcoin or imposing a greater cost on the acquisition and disposition of bitcoins, generally; in either case potentially having a negative effect on prices in the Bitcoin Exchange Market and may adversely affect an investment in our Company.

 

Foreign jurisdictions may also elect to treat digital assets such as bitcoins differently for tax purposes than the IRS or the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance. To the extent that a foreign jurisdiction with a significant share of the market of bitcoin users imposes onerous tax burdens on bitcoin users, or imposes sales or value added tax on purchases and sales of bitcoins for fiat currency, such actions could result in decreased demand for bitcoins in such jurisdiction, which could impact the price of bitcoins and negatively impact an investment in our Company.

 

In addition, we cannot provide any assurance that such federal and state enforcement policies may deviate from the current policies in effect or in the future. See the “Risk Factors” and “Description of Business - Government Regulation” sections of this Offering Circular for more information.

 

 

 

  22  

 

 

Statements Regarding Forward-looking Statements

______

 

This Disclosure Statement contains various “forward-looking statements.” You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects,” “estimates” or “anticipates” or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions. These statements may be impacted by a number of risks and uncertainties.

 

The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance taking into account all information currently available to us. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations are subject to risks and uncertainties and can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. If a change occurs, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. You should carefully consider these risks before you make an investment decision with respect to our Securities. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could impact our future results, performance or transactions, see the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  23  

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

If we sell all of the shares being offered, our net proceeds (after our estimated offering expenses of $2,000,000) will be $19,600,000. We will use these net proceeds for the following.

 

If 25% of the Shares offered are sold:

 

Percentage of
Offering Sold
Offering
Proceeds
Approximate
Offering Expenses
Total Net
Offering Proceeds
Principal Uses
of Net Proceeds
        Cryptocurrency mining equipment. $1,800,000
        Cryptocurrency server colocation facility $750,000
        Cryptocurrency trading portfolio $675,000
        Consulting expense related to business $180,000
        Legal expenses related to business $135,000
        Travel and entertainment expenses $90,000
        Working capital $720,000
        Hire staff to manage facility: $150,000
25.00% $5,000,000 $500,000 $4,500,000  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  24  

 

 

If 50% of the Shares offered are sold:

 

Percentage of
Offering Sold
Offering
Proceeds
Approximate
Offering Expenses
Total Net
Offering Proceeds
Principal Uses
of Net Proceeds
        Cryptocurrency mining equipment. $3,150,000
        Cryptocurrency server colocation facility $1,125,000
        Cryptocurrency trading portfolio $900,000
        Cryptocurrency ATM's: $900,000
        Legal expenses related to business $450,000
        Hire staff to manage facility. $360,000
       

Consulting expense related to business $180,000

       

Consulting expense related to business $180,000

       

Working capital $1,800,000

50.00% $10,000,000 $1,000,000 $9,000,000  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  25  

 

 

If 75% of the Shared offered are sold:

 

Percentage of
Offering Sold
Offering
Proceeds
Approximate
Offering Expenses
Total Net
Offering Proceeds
Principal Uses
of Net Proceeds
        Cryptocurrency mining equipment. $4,500,000
        Cryptocurrency ATM's: $1,350,000
        Cryptocurrency trading portfolio $1,125,000
        Cryptocurrency server colocation facility $1,350,000
        Staff to manage facility. $675,000

 

 

     

Legal expenses related to business $675,000

       

Consulting expense related to business $225,000

       

Travel and entertainment expenses $225,000

 

     

Working capital $3,375,000

75.00% $15,000,000 $1,500,000 $13,500,000  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  26  

 

 

If 100% of the Shares offered are sold:

 

Percentage of
Offering Sold
Offering
Proceeds
Approximate
Offering Expenses
Total Net
Offering Proceeds
Principal Uses
of Net Proceeds
        Cryptocurrency mining equipment. $5,400,000

 

 

      Cryptocurrency ATM's: $1,575,000
        Cryptocurrency trading portfolio $1,350,000
        Cryptocurrency server colocation facility $1,530,000
        Staff to manage facility. $900,000
       

Legal expenses related to business $810,000

       

Travel and entertainment expenses $450,000

       

Consulting expense related to business $360,000

       

Working capital $5,650,000

100.00% $20,000,000 $2,000,000 $18,000,000  

 

The precise amounts that we will devote to each of the foregoing items, and the timing of expenditures, will vary depending on numerous factors.

 

As indicated in the table above, if we sell only 75%, or 50%, or 25% of the shares offered for sale in this offering, we would expect to use the resulting net proceeds for the same purposes as we would use the net proceeds from a sale of 100% of the shares, and in approximately the same proportions, until such time as such use of proceeds would leave us without working capital reserve. At that point we would expect to modify our use of proceeds by limiting our expansion, leaving us with the working capital reserve indicated.

 

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve and change. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures, specifically with respect to working capital, may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. The precise amounts that we will devote to each of the foregoing items, and the timing of expenditures, will vary depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

 

In the event we do not sell all of the shares being offered, we may seek additional financing from other sources in order to support the intended use of proceeds indicated above. If we secure additional equity funding, investors in this offering would be diluted. In all events, there can be no assurance that additional financing would be available to us when wanted or needed and, if available, on terms acceptable to us.

 

 

 

 

  27  

 

 

DILUTION

______

 

 

If you purchase shares in this offering, your ownership interest in our Common Stock will be diluted immediately, to the extent of the difference between the price to the public charged for each share in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our Common Stock after this offering.

 

Our historical net tangible book value as of November 30, 2017 was $498,398 or $(0.0016) per then-outstanding share of our Common Stock. Historical net tangible book value per share equals the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the total number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding, all as of the date specified.

 

The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors discussed above, assuming the sale of, respectively, 100%, 75%, 50% and 25% of the shares offered for sale in this offering (after deducting estimated offering expenses of $2,000,000, $1,500,000, $1,000,000 and $500,000, respectively):

  

Percentage of shares offered that are sold   100%   75%   50%   25%
                 
Price to the public charged for each share in this offering   $0.005   $0.005   $0.005   $0.005
                 
Historical net tangible book value per share as of November 30, 2017 (1)   0.0016   0.0016   0.0016   0.0016
                 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering (2)   0.0025   0.0024   0.0022   0.0018
                 
Net tangible book value per share, after this offering   0.0041   0.0040   0.0038   0.0034
                 
Dilution per share to new investors   0.0009   0.0010   0.0012   0.0015

 

(1) Based on net tangible book value as of November 30, 2017 of $2,022,272 and 450,874,858 outstanding shares of Common stock
   
(2) After deducting estimated offering expenses of $500,000, $1,000,000, $1,500,000 and $2,000,000, respectively.

 

 

 

  28  

 

DISTRIBUTION

 

This Offering Circular is part of an Offering Statement that we filed with the SEC, using a continuous offering process. Periodically, as we have material developments, we will provide an Offering Circular supplement that may add, update or change information contained in this Offering Circular. Any statement that we make in this Offering Circular will be modified or superseded by any inconsistent statement made by us in a subsequent Offering Circular supplement. The Offering Statement we filed with the SEC includes exhibits that provide more detailed descriptions of the matters discussed in this Offering Circular. You should read this Offering Circular and the related exhibits filed with the SEC and any Offering Circular supplement, together with additional information contained in our annual reports, semi-annual reports and other reports and information statements that we will file periodically with the SEC. See the section entitled “Additional Information” below for more details.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to the Offering, there has been a limited public market for the Offered Shares. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiation between us and the Underwriter. The principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

  · the information set forth in this Offering Circular and otherwise available;

 

  · our history and prospects and the history of and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

  · our past and present financial performance;

 

  · our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

  · the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this Offering;

 

  · the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

  · other factors deemed relevant by us.

 

Investment Limitations

 

Generally, no sale may be made to you in this Offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth (please see below on how to calculate your net worth). Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.

 

Because this is a Tier 1, Regulation A Offering, most investors must comply with the 10% limitation on investment in the Offering. The only investor in this Offering exempt from this limitation is an “accredited investor” as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an “Accredited Investor”). If you meet one of the following tests you should qualify as an Accredited Investor:

 

  (i) You are a natural person who has had individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with your spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of these years, and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

 

  (ii) You are a natural person and your individual net worth, or joint net worth with your spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 at the time you purchase Offered Shares (please see below on how to calculate your net worth);

 

  (iii) You are an executive officer or general partner of the issuer or a manager or executive officer of the general partner of the issuer;

 

  (iv) You are an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust or a partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Offered Shares, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

 

 

 

  29  

 

 

  (v) You are a bank or a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in the Securities Act, a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act, an insurance company as defined by the Securities Act, an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”), or a business development company as defined in that act, any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 or a private business development company as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

 

  (vi) You are an entity (including an Individual Retirement Account trust) in which each equity owner is an accredited investor;

 

  (vii) You are a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, your purchase of Offered Shares is directed by a person who either alone or with his purchaser representative(s) (as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment, and you were not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Offered Shares; or

 

  (viii) You are a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has assets in excess of $5,000,000.

 

Offering Period and Expiration Date

 

This Offering will start on or after the Qualification Date and will terminate if the Minimum Offering is not reached or, if it is reached, on the Termination Date.

 

Procedures for Subscribing

 

When you decide to subscribe for Offered Shares in this Offering, you should:

 

Go to www.minivest.com, click on the “Invest Now” button and follow the procedures as described.

 

  1. Electronically receive, review, execute and deliver to us a subscription agreement; and

 

  2. Deliver funds directly by wire or electronic funds transfer via ACH to the specified account maintained by us.

 

Any potential investor will have ample time to review the subscription agreement, along with their counsel, prior to making any final investment decision. We shall only deliver such subscription agreement upon request after a potential investor has had ample opportunity to review this Offering Circular.

 

Right to Reject Subscriptions. After we receive your complete, executed subscription agreement and the funds required under the subscription agreement have been transferred to the escrow account, we have the right to review and accept or reject your subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason. We will return all monies from rejected subscriptions immediately to you, without interest or deduction.

 

Acceptance of Subscriptions. Upon our acceptance of a subscription agreement, we will countersign the subscription agreement and issue the shares subscribed at closing. Once you submit the subscription agreement and it is accepted, you may not revoke or change your subscription or request your subscription funds. All accepted subscription agreements are irrevocable.

 

Under Rule 251 of Regulation A, non-accredited, non-natural investors are subject to the investment limitation and may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser's revenue or net assets (as of the purchaser's most recent fiscal year end). A non-accredited, natural person may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser's annual income or net worth (please see below on how to calculate your net worth).

  

NOTE: For the purposes of calculating your net worth, it is defined as the difference between total assets and total liabilities. This calculation must exclude the value of your primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by your primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of your primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the Offered Shares.

 

 

 

  30  

 

 

In order to purchase offered Shares and prior to the acceptance of any funds from an investor, an investor will be required to represent, to the Company's satisfaction, that he is either an accredited investor or is in compliance with the 10% of net worth or annual income limitation on investment in this Offering.

 

No Escrow

 

The proceeds of this offering will not be placed into an escrow account. We will offer our Common Stock on a best efforts basis primarily through an online platform. As there is no minimum offering, upon the approval of any subscription to this Offering Circular, the Company shall immediately deposit said proceeds into the bank account of the Company and may dispose of the proceeds in accordance with the Use of Proceeds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  31  

 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

______

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations, whose actual outcomes involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those stated in or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors”, “Cautionary Statement regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Offering Circular. Please see the notes to our Financial Statements for information about our Critical Accounting Policies and Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

The Company has had limited revenues from operations in each of the last two fiscal years, and in the current fiscal year.

 

Plan of Operation for the Next Twelve Months

 

The Company believes that the proceeds of this Offering will satisfy its cash requirements for the next twelve months. To complete the Company's entire acquisition plan, it may have to raise additional funds in the next twelve months.

 

The Company expects to increase the number of employees at the corporate level.

 

Cost of revenue. The Company expects that the cost of revenue will consist primarily of expenses associated with the delivery and distribution of our services and products. These include expenses related to purchasing equipment, colocation, marketing, providing products and services and salaries and benefits for employees on our operations teams.

 

Research and development. The Company will engage in substantial research and development expenses. These will consist primarily of salaries, and benefits for employees who are responsible for building new products as well as improving existing products. We will expense all of our research and development costs as they are incurred.

 

Marketing and sales. The Company will make substantial marketing and sales expenses which will consist primarily of salaries, and benefits for our employees engaged in sales, sales support, marketing, business development, operations, and customer service functions. Our marketing and sales expenses also include marketing and promotional expenditures.

 

General and administrative. The majority of our general and administrative expenses will consist of salaries, benefits, and share-based compensation for certain of our executives as well as our legal, finance, human resources, corporate communications and policy employees, and other administrative employees. In addition, general and administrative expenses include professional and legal services. The Company expects to incur substantial expenses in marketing the current Offering, in closing its acquisitions, and in promoting and managing these acquisitions.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

The Company has no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we are not exposed to market risk of the sort that may arise from changes in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates, or that may otherwise arise from transactions in derivatives.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company's significant estimates and assumptions include the fair value of the Company's common stock, stock-based compensation, the recoverability and useful lives of long-lived assets, and the valuation allowance relating to the Company's deferred tax assets.

 

 

 

  32  

 

 

Contingencies

 

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company's management, in consultation with its legal counsel as appropriate, assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company, in consultation with legal counsel, evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims, as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought therein. If the assessment of a contingency indicates it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company's financial statements. If the assessment indicates a potentially material loss contingency is not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable, but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of possible loss, if determinable and material, would be disclosed. Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they involve guarantees, in which case the guarantees would be disclosed.

 

Relaxed Ongoing Reporting Requirements

 

Upon the completion of this Offering, we expect to elect to become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act. If we elect to do so, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, including but not limited to:

  

  · not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

  · taking advantage of extensions of time to comply with certain new or revised financial accounting standards;

 

  · being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

  · being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any May 31 before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following May 31.

 

If we elect not to become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act, we will be required to publicly report on an ongoing basis under the reporting rules set forth in Regulation A for Tier 1 issuers. The ongoing reporting requirements under Regulation A are more relaxed than for “emerging growth companies” under the Exchange Act. The differences include, but are not limited to, being required to file only annual and semiannual reports, rather than annual and quarterly reports. Annual reports are due within 120 calendar days after the end of the issuer's fiscal year, and semiannual reports are due in 90 calendar days after the end of the first six months of the issuer's fiscal year.

 

In either case, we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  33  

 

 

GD ENTERTAINMENT & TECHNOLOGY, INC.

______

 

Business

____

 

Summary

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, also known as GDET, is a result driven, blockchain-oriented company focused on becoming a premier Cryptocurrency mining facility.

 

GDET has secured colocation of over 100 of the Bitmain S9 13.5 TH/s machines as well as over 15 Bitmain S9s, Bitman T9s, and Avalon 821s machines for the Company’s own inventory. GDET has also developed a strong relationship with suppliers overseas that to ensure future purchasing.

 

GDET has located an industry-changing facility in the Tristate (New York, New Jersey, Connecticut) area with a scalable space that will be retrofitted to support the electricity needed for an excess of 1,000 standard machines.

 

We are aware of the increasing competition in mining Cryptocurrency as well as the demands of operating a standard mining company which is why we have subsidized operational costs to maximize profits, maintain unmatched structural integrity, and expedite mining rates.

 

GDET will build and manage a Cryptocurrency mining colocation and mining facility that is client-focused and dedicated to creating a new standard in the Blockchain space based on security and transparency. We plan on expanding operations to support other entities who wish to take advantage of the mining facility though colocation.

 

Products And Services

 

GD Entertainment & Technology is going to offer a variety of services relating to the Cryptocurrency industry. GDET aspires to be the ‘We Work’ of the crypto space and will offer services including:

 

(a) Purchasing, leasing, and maintenance through our mining facility.
(b) Colocation of Cryptocurrency mining equipment, for both small scale and mid-scale mining equipment owners (as little as 1 machine)
(c) Sales of Cryptocurrency mining equipment
(d) Management of collocated Cryptocurrency mining equipment.
(e) Consulting on Cryptocurrency mining operations

 

We intend on both creating new investment opportunities and educating those interested in the field. GDET plans on reaching an international clientele by including overseas investors and having customers send their machines from abroad to be used here.

 

Marketing Plan

 

We are mindful of the fact that there is fast-growing competition in mining Cryptocurrency due to the amount of individuals/entities who are looking to enter the business, but we are prepared to use the following marketing strategies to attract clients:

 

A. Advertise on major Cryptocurrency websites
B. Sponsor and present at Cryptocurrency conventions and trade shows
C. Direct to consumer solicitation, targeting mid-scale Cryptocurrency mining operations

 

 

 

  34  

 

 

Operational Plan

 

The day to day operations of GDET include a focus on maximizing ROI while maintaining structural integrity. We will build out and equip a facility that can be scalable to host additional machines.

 

In order to continue to attract customers we will build out the company retail website with an e-commerce portal that allows customers to sign up for colocation services online as well as to purchase machines.

 

In order to ensure that our operations run smoothly GDET will hire 2-3 staff members in the first year to monitor and manage operations, and additional employees as the business grows.

 

One of GDET’s major goals is to build a premier Cryptocurrency business that will survive off its own cash flow. To ensure that GTED Is both a leading bitcoin mining company and attractive to customers we will hire and retain the best hands we can get in the industry and keep up with the latest technology.

 

We expect to charge individuals who want to host to our facility a monthly service charge of approximately $100/machine/month, depending on cost of electricity and market conditions, with bulk/volume discounts. We are hoping to host at least 500 machines for our customers in the first 12 months. We have the ability to wholesale and retail mining equipment with competitive pricing and delivery dates.

 

Recent Events

 

GDET has secured colocation of over 100 of the Bitmain S9 13.5 TH/s machines as well as over 15 Bitmain S9s, Bitman T9s, and Avalon 821s machines for the Company’s own inventory. GDET has also developed a relationship with suppliers overseas that to ensure future purchasing.

 

GDET has located an industry-changing facility in the Tristate area with a scalable space that will be retrofitted to support the electricity needed for an excess of 1,000 standard machines.

 

We are aware of the increasing competition in mining Cryptocurrency as well as the demands of operating a standard mining company which is why we will subsidize operational costs to maximize profits, maintain unmatched structural integrity, and expedite mining rates

 

Seasonality

 

We do not expect any seasonality in our business.

 

Litigation

 

The Company has no current, pending or threatened legal proceedings or administrative actions either by or against the Company issuer that could have a material effect on the issuer's business, financial condition, or operations and any current, past or pending trading suspensions

 

 

Facilities

 

We occupy offices at 1 Bridge Plaza, 2nd Floor, Fort Lee, New Jersey, 07024. We are working to secure other facilities.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2017, we had one employee, including officers and directors. We believe that we have been successful in attracting experienced and capable personnel. All our employees have entered agreements with us requiring them not to compete or disclose our proprietary information. Our employees are not represented by any labor union. We believe that relations with our employees are excellent.

 

 

 

  35  

 

 

Intellectual Property

 

We may rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws in the United States as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technology, databases, and our brand. Despite these reliances, we believe the following factors are more essential to establishing and maintaining a competitive advantage:

 

  · the statistical and technological skills of our service operations and research and development teams;

 

  · the Cryptocurrency expertise knowledge of our service operations and research and development teams;

 

  · the real-time connectivity of our service offerings;

 

  · the continued expansion of our proprietary technology; and

 

  · a continued focus on the improved financial results of our clients.

 

We have a policy of requiring key employees and consultants to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of an employment or consulting relationship with us. Our employee agreements also require relevant employees to assign to us all rights to any inventions made or conceived during their employment with us. In addition, we have a policy of requiring individuals and entities with which we discuss potential business relationships to sign non-disclosure agreements. Our agreements with clients include confidentiality and non-disclosure provisions.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We may from time to time be involved in various claims and legal proceedings of a nature we believe are normal and incidental to our business. These matters may include product liability, intellectual property, employment, personal injury cause by our employees, and other general claims. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

Employees

 

As of November 30, 2017, we had one employee, including officers and directors. We believe that we will be successful in attracting experienced and capable personnel. All of our employees have entered into agreements with us requiring them not to compete or disclose our proprietary information. Our employees are not represented by any labor union. We believe that relations with our employees are excellent. Usually the number of total employees and number of full-time employees will vary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  36  

 

 

MANAGEMENT

______

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, directors and significant employees, including their ages as of November 30, 2017:

 

Name and Principal Position   Age   Term of Office  

Approximate hours

per week for

part-time

employees

Anil Idnani, Chief Executive Officer and Director   24   Since December 2017   45

 

Anil Idnani. - President, Treasurer, Secretary, Director

 

Prior to joining the Company in December 2017, in 2011, Mr. Idnani was a Sales Representative for Princess World Jewelers. In 2012, Mr. Idnani was Campaign Manager Assistant for the Sandi Martinez Senator Campaign. From 2011 to 2013, he was a Sales Representative at the 24 Karat Showroom. From 2014, Mr. Idnani has been a part time NYS Real Estate Sales Person for RE/MAX Midtown in Manhattan, New York where he set the record for highest sold units in several luxury condominiums per square footage till date. From 2015 to 2016, he was a Digital Sales Executive at YP, where he exceeded target monthly sales quotas + 250%. From 2016 to the present, Mr. Idnani was Business Development Manager for Vicom Computer Services.

 

Mr. Idnani received a Bachelors Degree in Finance with a minor in law and corporate communications from Bentley University in 2015. where he was on the Dean’s List.

 

None of our officers or directors in the last five years has been the subject of any  conviction in a criminal proceeding or named as a defendant in a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses), the entry of an order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, by a court of competent jurisdiction that permanently or temporarily enjoined, barred,  suspended or otherwise limited such person’s involvement in any type of business, securities,  commodities, or banking activities; a finding or judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or a state securities regulator of a violation of federal or state securities or commodities law, which finding or judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated; or the entry of an order by a self-regulatory organization that permanently or temporarily barred, suspended or otherwise limited such person’s involvement in any type of business or securities activities.

 

There are no family relationships among and between our directors, officers, persons nominated or chosen by the Company to become directors or officers, or beneficial owners of more than five percent (5%) of the any class of the Company’s equity securities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  37  

 

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

______

 

Employment Agreements

 

Mr. Idnani has entered into an employment agreement with the Company for a term of five years. Pursuant to his employment agreement, he has agreed to devote a substantial portion of his business and professional time and efforts to our business. The employment agreement provides that each employee shall receive a salary determined by the Board of Directors commensurate with the development of the Company. He may be entitled to receive, at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors or a committee thereof, bonuses based on the achievement (in whole or in part) by the Company of our business plan and achievement by the employee of fixed personal performance objectives.

 

The following table represents information regarding the total compensation our officers and directors of the Company as of December 31, 2017:

 

    Cash Compensation   Annual Bonus Available   Other Compensation   Total Compensation
Name and Principal Position                
Anil Idnani, CEO and Director   $350,000.00           $350,000
                 
Total   $350,000           $350,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  38  

 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

During the last two full fiscal years and the current fiscal year or any currently proposed transaction, there is no transaction involving the Company, in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the Company’s total assets at year-end for its last three fiscal years.

 

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

 

There are no conflicts of interest between the Company and any of its officers or directors

 

Stock Options

 

The Company's stockholders have approved a 2018 Stock Option Plan, as previously adopted by our Board of Directors (the “Plan”). Under this Plan, our officers, directors, and/or key employees and/or consultants can receive incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options to purchase shares of our Common Stock. To date, no options have been issued.

 

With respect to incentive stock options, the Plan provides that the exercise price of each such option must be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date that such option is granted. The Plan requires that all such options have an expiration date not later than that date which is one day before the tenth anniversary of the date of the grant of such options (or the fifth anniversary of the date of grant in the case of 10% stockholders). However, with certain limited exceptions, in the event that the option holder ceases to be associated with the Company, or engages in or is involved with any business similar to ours, such option holder's incentive options immediately terminate.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, the aggregate fair market value, determined as of the date(s) of grant, for which incentive stock options are first exercisable by an option holder during any one calendar year cannot exceed $100,000. No such options have yet been issued.

 

Bonus Plan for Executive Officers

 

The Company's Board of Directors has established an annual Bonus Plan for Executive Officers (the “Bonus Plan.”) Under the Bonus Plan, a Committee of the Board of Directors sets performance targets for key employees who are or may become executive officers. Such executives are eligible for a bonus only if they meet the performance standards set in advance by the Committee. Aggregate bonuses may not exceed ten percent of income before taxes and bonuses may not exceed $1 million per employee.

 

Management Stock Bonus Plan

 

Our Management Stock Bonus Plan provides that the Company shall establish a reserve of shares of Common Stock to be awarded to eligible salaried officers and directors. The Management Stock Bonus Plan Committee, composed of not less than three members, administers the Plan. The Board of Directors must review actions of the Committee. The Plan awards restricted stock to key executives. During the restricted period, the owner of the stock may not transfer the stock without first offering the Company the opportunity to buy back the stock at its issue price. In the first year of the restriction period, the Company has the right to buy back all of the awarded stock. In the second year, the Company has the right to buy back 75% of the awarded stock. After two years and until the end of the restriction period, a maximum of three years, the Company has the right to buy back 50% of the awarded stock. No shares have been issued under the plan.

 

Indemnification Agreements

 

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors, executive officers and other key employees. The indemnification agreements and our amended and restated By-Laws will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by New Jersey law.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

 

 

  39  

 

 

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

 

We have adopted a related-party transactions policy under which our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our Common Stock, and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related-party transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee. If the related party is, or is associated with, a member of our audit committee, the transaction must be reviewed and approved by another independent body of our Board of Directors, such as our governance committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with a related party in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such party would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. If advance approval of a related-party transaction was not feasible or was not obtained, the related-party transaction must be submitted to the audit committee as soon as reasonably practicable, at which time the audit committee shall consider whether to ratify and continue, amend and ratify, or terminate or rescind such related-party transaction. All of the transactions described above were reviewed and considered by, and were entered into with the approval of, or ratification by, our Board of Directors.

 

During the last two full fiscal years and the current fiscal year or any currently proposed transaction, there are transactions involving the issuer, in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the issuer’s total assets at year-end for its last three fiscal years, except compensation awarded to executives.

 

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

 

There are no conflicts of interest between the Company and any of its officers or directors.

 

Employment Agreements

 

Our officers and directors have entered into employment agreements with the Company for a term of five years. Pursuant to this employment agreement, they have agreed to devote a substantial portion of his business and professional time and efforts to our business. The employment agreement provides that each employee shall receive a salary determined by the Board of Directors commensurate with the development of the Company. He may be entitled to receive, at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors or a committee thereof, bonuses based on the achievement (in whole or in part) by the Company of our business plan and achievement by the employee of fixed personal performance objectives.

 

The employment agreements also contain covenants (a) restricting the executive from engaging in any activities competitive with our business during the terms of such employment agreements and one year thereafter, and (b) prohibiting the executive from disclosure of confidential information regarding the Company at any time.

 

The Company's directors are elected by shareholders at each annual meeting or, in the event of a vacancy, appointed by the Board of Directors then in office to serve until the next annual meeting or until their successors are duly elected and qualified. The Company's executive officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

 

Legal/Disciplinary History

 

None of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.’s Officers or Directors have been the subject of any criminal proceeding or named as a defendant in a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

 

None of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.’s Officers or Directors have been the subject of any entry of an order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, by a court of competent jurisdiction that permanently or temporarily enjoined, barred, suspended or otherwise limited such person’s involvement in any type of business, securities, commodities, or banking activities;

 

None of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.’s Officers or Directors have been the subject of any finding or judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or a state securities regulator of a violation of federal or state securities or commodities law, which finding or judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated; or

 

 

 

  40  

 

 

None of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.’s Officers or Directors has been the subject of any entry of an order by a self-regulatory organization that permanently or temporarily barred, suspended or otherwise limited such person’s involvement in any type of business or securities activities.

 

Board Composition

 

Our board of directors currently consists of one member. Each director of the Company serves until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor is elected and duly qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Our board is authorized to appoint persons to the offices of Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Chief Executive Officer, one or more vice presidents, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and a Secretary and such other offices as may be determined by the board.

 

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. In selecting board candidates, we seek individuals who will further the interests of our stockholders through an established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to our collaborative culture, knowledge of our business and understanding of our prospective markets.

 

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

 

The board of directors oversees our business and considers the risks associated with our business strategy and decisions. The board currently implements its risk oversight function as a whole. Each of the board committees when established will also provide risk oversight in respect of its areas of concentration and reports material risks to the board for further consideration.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Prior to one year from the date of this Offering's qualification, we will be adopting a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We will post on our website a current copy of the code and all disclosures that are required by law or market rules in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  41  

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

______

 

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of December 31, 2017 for (i) all executive officers and directors as a group and (ii) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than ten percent (10%) of our capital stock. The percentage of beneficial ownership in the table below is based on 487,693,986 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of January 31, 2018.

 

The following table gives information on ownership of our securities as of November 30, 2017. The following lists ownership of our Common Stock and Preferred Stock by each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of over 5% of the outstanding Common and Preferred Stock, and by our officers and directors:

 

Name and Address

Preferred Stock

Series A

 

Preferred Stock

Series B

Common Stock Percentage of
Common Stock
Outstanding
on
November 30, 2017
Percentage of
Common Stock
Outstanding
Assuming All Shares
Offered are Sold

Anil Idnani

1 Bridge Plaza, 2nd Floor

Fort Lee, New Jersey, 07024

10 10,000 300,088,887 61.5 6.7
Total 10 10,000

300,088,887

 

  6.7

 

 

(1) Based on a total of 487,693,986 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of January 31, 2018.

 

(2) Assumes all shares offered are sold.

 

Capitalization

 

Class of Stock Par Value Authorized

Outstanding as of

November 30, 2017

Preferred Stock, Series A 0.00001 10 10
Preferred Stock, Series B 0.00001 200,000,000 177,672
Preferred Stock, Series C 0.00001 299,999,990 0
Common Stock 0.00001 5,000,000,000 450,874,858

 

 

 

  42  

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

______

 

The Common Stock

 

We are authorized to issue 5,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to equal dividends and distributions, with respect to the Common Stock when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors from funds legally available for such dividends. No holder of Common Stock has any preemptive right to subscribe for any of our stock nor are any shares subject to redemption. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and after payment of creditors and any amounts payable to senior securities, the assets will be divided pro rata on a share-for-share basis among the holders of the shares of Common Stock. All shares of Common Stock now outstanding upon completion of this Offering and conversion of any Preferred Stock, are, and will be, fully paid, validly issued and non-assessable.

 

Holders of our Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights, so that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of directors will be able to elect 100% of the directors if they choose to do so, and in that event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any members to the Board of Directors.

 

The Company has never paid any dividends to shareholders of our Common Stock. The declaration in the future of any cash or stock dividends will depend upon our capital requirements and financial position, general economic conditions, and other pertinent factors. We presently intend not to pay any cash or stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Management intends to reinvest earnings, if any, in the development and expansion of our business. No dividend may be paid on the Common Stock until all Preferred Stock dividends are paid in full.

 

Preferred Stock

 

We are authorized by our Articles of Incorporation to issue a maximum of 1,000,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. This Preferred Stock may be in one or more series and containing such rights, privileges and limitations, including voting rights, conversion privileges and/or redemption rights, as may, from time to time, be determined by our Board of Directors. Preferred stock may be issued in the future in connection with acquisitions, financings or such other matters as the Board of Directors deems to be appropriate. In the event that any such shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued, a Certificate of Designation, setting forth the series of such Preferred Stock and the relative rights, privileges and limitations with respect thereto, shall be filed. The effect of such Preferred Stock is that our Board of Directors alone, within the bounds and subject to the federal securities laws and the New Jersey Law, may be able to authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our Company without further action by the stockholders and might adversely affect the voting and other rights of holders of Common Stock. The issuance of Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights also may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common Stock, including the loss of voting control to others. To date, no such Preferred Stock has been issued.

 

PREFERRED STOCK

 

The Board of Directors is expressly vested with the authority to divide any or all of the Preferred Stock into series and to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of the shares of each series so established, provided, however, that the rights and preferences of the various series may vary only with respect to:

 

(a) the rate of dividend;

 

(b) whether the shares may be called and, if so, the call price and the terms and conditions of call;

 

(c) the amount payable upon the shares in the event of voluntary and involuntary liquidation;

 

(d) sinking fund provisions, if any for the call or redemption of the shares;

 

(e) the terms and conditions, if any, on which the shares may be converted;

 

(f) voting rights; and

 

(g) whether the shares will be cumulative, noncumulative or partially cumulative as to dividends and the dates from which any cumulative dividends are to accumulate.

 

 

 

  43  

 

 

The Board of Directors shall exercise the foregoing authority by adopting a resolution setting forth the designation of each series and the number of shares therein, and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof. The Board of Directors may make any change in the designations, terms, limitations or relative rights or preferences of any series in the same manner, so long as no shares of such series are outstanding at such time.

 

Within the limits and restrictions, if any, stated in any resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting any series, the Board of Directors is authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of such series. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the share constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

Existing Preferred Stock

 

Designations, Preferences. Rights And Limitations

Of Series A Preferred Stock

 

Ten shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been authorized with a $0.00001 par value per share.

 

Conversion Rights. If at least one share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding, then the total aggregate issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock at any given tune, regardless of their number, shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which equals four times the sum of: i) the total number of shares of Common Stock which are issued and outstanding and outstanding at the time of conversion, plus ii) the total number of shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stocks which are issued and outstanding at the time of conversion.

 

Each individual share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock equal to four times the sum of: all shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at time of conversion plus all shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stocks issued and outstanding at time of conversion, divided by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at the time of conversion.

 

Issuance. Shares of Preferred Stock may only be issued in exchange for the partial or full retirement of debt held by management, employees or consultants, or a as directed by a majority vote of the Board of Directors. The number of Shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to each qualified person (member of management, employee or consultant) holding a Note shall be determined by the following formula:

 

For retirement of debt, the number or shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be issued shall be the sum of the discreet notes and other obligations owed lender (holder) which are being retired.

 

Voting Rights. a. If at least one share of Series A Preferred. Stock is issued and outstanding, then the total aggregate issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock at any given time, regardless of their number shall have voting rights equal to four times the sum of: i) the total number of shares of Common Stock which are issued and outstanding at the time of voting, plus ii) the total number of shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stocks which are issued and outstanding at the time of voting.

 

Each individual share of Series A Preferred Stock share have the voting rights equal to: four times the sum of all shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at time of voting + all shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at time of voting, divided by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at the time of voting.

 

Designations, Preferences, Rights And Limitations

Of Series B Preferred Stock

 

Designation And Number Of Shares. 200,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock par value $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), are authorized (the “Series B Preferred Stock” or “Series B Preferred Shares “).

 

Dividends. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion.

 

 

 

  44  

 

 

Liquidation Rights. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary' or involuntary before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any stock ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock. the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation an amount equal to $1.00 per share or in the event of an aggregate subscription by a single subscriber for Series B Preferred Stock in excess of $100,000, $0.997 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combination splits, recapitalizations, and the like with respect to such shares) (the “Preference Value”), plus all declared but unpaid dividends, for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them. After the payment of the full applicable Preference Value of each share of the Series B Preferred Stock as set forth herein, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to holders of the Corporation's Common Stock.

 

Conversion and Anti-Dilution. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible at par value $0.001 per share (the ''Series B Preferred''), at any time, and/or from time to time, into the number of shares of the Corporation's common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”) equal to the price of the Series B Preferred Stock:, divided by the par value of the Series B Preferred, subject to adjustment as may be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time ( the “Conversion Rate”). for example, assuming a $2.50 price per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and a par value of $0.00001 per share for Series B Preferred each share of Series B Preferred Stock would be convertible into 2,500 shares of Common Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to be effective on the business day (the “Conversion Date”) following the receipt by the Corporation of written notice from the holder of the Series B Preferred Stock of the holder's intention to convert the shares of Series B Stock, together with the holder's stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Series B Preferred Stock. to be converted.

 

Promptly after the Conversion Date, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable to the holder pursuant to the holder's conversion of Series B Preferred Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section. The stock certificate(s) evidencing the Common Stock shall be issued with a restrictive legend indicating that it was issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. as amended (the “Securities Act”), and that it cannot be transferred unless it is so registered, or an exemption from registration is available, in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation. The Common Stock shall be issued in the name of the person who is the holder of the Series B Preferred Stock unless, the opinion of counsel to the Corporation, such transfer can be made in compliance with applicable securities law. The person in whose name the certificate(s) of Common Stock are so registered shall be treated as a holder of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation on the date the Common Stock certificates(s) are so issued.

 

All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares as provided herein shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. Effective as of the Conversion Date, such converted Series B Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the holder with respect to such shares shall immediately terminate except. the right to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

The Corporation covenants that within 30 days of receipt of a conversion notice from any holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock wherein which such conversion would create more shares of Common Stock than is authorized by the Corporation will increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to satisfy such holder of shares of Series B submitting such conversion notice.

 

Shares of Series B Preferred Stock anti-dilutive to reverse splits, and therefore in the case of a reverse split. are convertible to the number of Common Shares after the reverse split as would have been equal to ratio established in Section 3.8(a) prior to the reverse split. The conversion ratio of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, however, would increase proportionally in the case of forward splits, and may not be diluted by in reverse split. following a forward split.

 

Voting Rights. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall have ten (10) votes for any election or other vote placed before the shareholders of the Company.

 

Price. The initial price of each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be $2.50. The price of each share of Series B Preferred Stock may he changed either through a majority vote of the Board of Directors through a resolution at a meeting of the Board, or through a resolution passed at in Action Without Meeting of the unanimous Board, until such time as a listed secondary and/or listed public market develops for the shares.

 

Lock-Up Restrictions On Conversion. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock for a period of; a) six (6) months after purchase, if the Company voluntarily or involuntarily files public reports pursuant to Section 12 or 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or b) twelve (12) months if the Company does not file such public reports.

 

 

 

  45  

 

 

Designations, Preferences, Rights And Limitations

Of Series C Preferred Stock

 

Designation And Number Of Shares. 299,999,990 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, par value 0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), are authorized (the ”Series C Preferred Stock” or “Series C Preferred Shares”).

 

Issuance. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be issued to holders of debt of the Company, as determined by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or others, as determined by a majority vote of the Board of Directors.

 

Dividends. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall he entitled to receive dividends. when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

 

Liquidation Rights. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any stock ranking junior to the Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation in an amount equal to $1.00 per share or, in the event of an aggregate subscription by a single subscriber for Series C Preferred Stock in excess of $100,000, $0.997 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, split, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) (the Preference Value''), plus all declared but unpaid dividends for each share of Series C Preferred Stock held by them. After the payment of the full applicable Preference value of each share of the Series C Preferred Stock as set forth herein, the remaining assets: of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any shall be distributed ratably to the holder of the Corporation's Common Stock.

 

Conversion And Anti–Dilution. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible at any time and/or from time to time, into 500 shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the Common Stock”). Such conversion shall be deemed to be effective on the business day (the “Conversion Date”) following the receipt by the Corporation of written notice from the holder of the Series C Preferred Stock of the holder's intention to convert the shares. of Series C Stock, together with the holder's stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Series C Preferred Stock to be converted.

 

Promptly after the Conversion Date. the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder a certificate or certificates for that number of full shares of Common Stock issuable to the holder pursuant to the holder's conversion of Series C Preferred Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section. The stock certificate(s) evidencing the Common Stock shall be issued with a restrictive legend indicating that it was issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended {the “Securities Act”), and that it cannot be transferred unless it is so registered, or an exemption from registration is available in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation. The Common Stock shall be issued in the same name as the person who is the holder of the Series C Preferred Stock unless in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation, such transfer can be made in compliance with applicable securities laws. The person whose name the certificate(s) of Common Stock are so registered shall be treated as a holder of share of Common Stock of the corporation on the date the Common Stock certificate(s) are issued.

 

All shares of Common Stock received upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Shares as provided herein shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. Effective as of the Conversion Date, such converted Series C Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the holder with respect to such shares shall immediately terminate except the right to receive the shares of Common Stock upon such conversion.

 

The Corporation covenants that, within 30 days of receipt of a conversion notice from any holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock wherein which such conversion, would create more shares of Common Stock that are authorized, the Corporation will increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to satisfy such holder of shares of Series C constituting such conversion notice.

 

Shares of Series C Preferred Stock are anti-dilutive to reverse splits, and therefore in the case of a reverse split, are convertible to the number of Common Shares after the reverse split would have been equal to the ratio established in Section 3.16(a) prior to the reverse split. The conversion rate for shares of Series C Preferred Stock, however, would increase proportionately in the case of forward splits, and may not be diluted by a reverse split following a forward split.

 

Voting Rights. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall have one vote for any election or other vote placed before the shareholders of the Company.

 

Price. The initial price of each share of Series C Preferred Stock hall be $2.00.

 

 

 

  46  

 

 

The price of each share of Series C Preferred Stock may be changed either through a majority vote of the Board of Directors through a resolution at a meeting of the Board, or through a resolution passed of the unanimous Board, until such time as a listed secondary and/or listed public market develops for the shares.

 

Lock-Up Restrictions On Conversion. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock may not be converted into shares of Common Stock for a period of six (6) months after purchase, if the Company voluntarily or involuntarily files public reports pursuant to Section 12 or 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or twelve (12) months if the Company does not file such public reports.

 

Certain Provisions

 

Certain provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws may make it more difficult and time-consuming to acquire the Company, thereby reducing our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for our takeover. These provisions are outlined below.

 

Our Articles also contain restrictions regarding certain mergers, consolidations, asset sales and other “Business Combinations.” “Business Combinations” are defined in the Articles of Incorporation. The above provisions could have the effect of depriving shareholders of any opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices because takeovers frequently involve purchases of stock directly from shareholders at such a premium price. Further, to the extent these provisions make it less likely that a takeover attempt opposed by our incumbent Board of Directors and management will succeed, the effect could be to assist the Board of Directors and management in retaining their existing positions. In addition, our Articles also provide that the provisions outlined herein cannot be amended, altered, repealed, or replaced without a “super-majority” vote or the approval of a Majority of Continuing Directors.

 

Among other provisions that might make it more difficult to acquire us, we have adopted the following:

 

Staggered Board. Our Board of Directors has been divided into three classes of directors. The term of one class will expire each year. Directors for each class will be chosen for a three-year term upon the expiration of such class’s term, and the directors in the other two classes will continue in office. The staggered terms for directors may affect the stockholders’ ability to change control of the Company even if a change in control were in the stockholders’ interest.

  

Preferred StockOur charter authorizes the Board of Directors to issue up to 1,000,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock and to establish the preferences and rights (including the right to vote and the right to convert into shares of Common Stock) of any shares issued. The power to issue Preferred Stock could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company even if a change in control were in the stockholders’ interest.

 

Our Articles also authorize the Board of Directors to oppose a tender offer on the basis of factors other than economic benefit to our shareholders. Among the factors that may be considered are the impact our acquisition would have on the community, the effect of the acquisition upon our employees and the reputation and business practices of the tender offeror.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation also contain restrictions regarding certain merger, consolidations, asset sales and other “Business Combinations” involving the Company or its subsidiaries. Business Combinations are defined in the Articles as (a) any merger or consolidation by us with an Interested Stockholder, (defined as a holder of at least 10% of our voting stock with certain exceptions), or (b) any sale, lease or similar disposition to an Interested Stockholder of any of our assets constituting at least 5% of our total assets, or (c) the issuance or transfer by the Company of any of our stock to an Interested Stockholder in return for cash or other property, being at least 5% of our total assets, or (d) adoption of any plan to dissolve or liquidate the Company proposed by an Interested Stockholder, or (e) any reclassification of stock or recapitalization of the Company or merger whereby the percentage of outstanding shares of any Interested Stockholder is increased.

 

Business Combinations with an interested Stockholder must be approved by the holders of 80% of the voting power of our outstanding shares, unless (a) the Business Combination is approved in advance by those persons then on the Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to the time the Interested Stockholder (or certain of its predecessors) first became an Interested Stockholder and who would have constituted a majority of the Board at that time (a “Majority of the Continuing Directors”), or (b) certain minimum “fair price” requirements are met. In evaluating a Business Combination, the Board of Directors may consider the financial aspects of the offer, the long-term interests of our shareholders, past and present market values of the shares, our prospects, the prospect of obtaining a better offer, the impact, if the offer is partial or two-tier, on the remaining shareholders and our future (especially with regard to the background of the offeror), the value of non-cash consideration, legal matters, the effect of the transaction on our customers and local community interests.

 

The above provisions could have the effect of depriving shareholders of any opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices because takeovers frequently involve purchases of stock directly from shareholders at such a premium price. Further, to the extent these provisions make it less likely that a takeover attempt opposed by our incumbent Board of Directors and management will succeed, the effect could be to assist the Board of Directors and management in retaining their existing positions. In addition, our Articles of Incorporation also provide that the provisions outlined herein cannot be amended, altered, repealed, or replaced without the “super-majority” vote described above or the approval of a Majority of the Continuing Directors as defined above.

 

 

 

  47  

 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

______

 

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our Board of Directors considers relevant.

 

 

SECURITIES OFFERED

______

 

Current Offering

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. (“GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.,” “We,” or the “Company”) is offering up to $20,000,000 total of Securities, consisting of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value (the “Common Stock” or collectively the “Securities”).

 

 

The Common Stock

 

We are authorized to issue 5,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value. The holders of Common Stock are entitled to equal dividends and distributions, with respect to the Common Stock when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors from funds legally available for such dividends. No holder of Common Stock has any preemptive right to subscribe for any of our stock nor are any shares subject to redemption. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and after payment of creditors and senior securities, the assets will be divided pro rata on a share-for-share basis among the holders of the shares of Common Stock. All shares of Common Stock now outstanding upon completion of this Offering are, and will be, fully paid, validly issued and non-assessable.

 

Holders of our Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights, so that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voting for the election of directors will be able to elect 100% of the directors if they choose to do so. In that event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any members to the Board of Directors.

 

Transfer Agent

 

Our transfer agent is Olde Monmouth Stock Transfer Co., Inc., 5200 Memorial Parkway, Suite 101, Atlantic Highlands, New Jersey 07716, Phone: (732) 872-2727. The transfer agent is registered under the Exchange Act and operates under the regulatory authority of the SEC and FINRA.

 

 

 

 

  48  

 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

_____

 

Prior to this Offering, there has been a limited market for our Common Stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock, or securities or instruments convertible into our Common Stock, in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because there will be limits on the number of shares available for resale shortly after this Offering due to contractual and legal restrictions described below, there may be resales of substantial amounts of our Common Stock in the public market after those restrictions lapse. This could adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock prevailing at that time.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our Common Stock for at least twelve months, in the event we are a reporting company under Regulation A, or at least six months, in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

  · 1% of the number of shares of our Common Stock then outstanding; or

 

  · the average weekly trading volume of our Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

  

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

_____

 

Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon by John E. Lux, Esq. of Washington, D.C.

 

EXPERTS

______

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular have been prepared by management and have not been reviewed by an independent accountant.

 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

______

 

We have filed with the SEC a Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This Offering Circular, which constitutes a part of the Offering Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Offering Statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the Offering Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Offering Circular regarding the contents of any contract or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement. Upon the completion of this Offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the SEC's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this site is www.sec.gov.

 

 

 

  49  

 

 

GD ENTERTAINMENT AND TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

MAY 31, 2017 AND 2016 AND NOVEMBER 30, 2017

 

(UNAUDITED)

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

   
Balance Sheet F-2
   
Statements of Earnings F-3
   
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity F-4
   
Statement of Cash Flows F-5
   
Notes to Financial Statements F-6
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  F-1  

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

(Unaudited)

     

 

  May 31, 2016     May 31, 2017     November 31, 2017  
Assets                        
Current Assets                        
Cash   $ 11,277     $ 2,452     $ 2,452  
Trade and other receivables     91,995       92,256       92,256  
Investments in acquired content rights     1,282,475       1,282,475       1,282,475  
Total Current Assets     1,385,747       1,377,183       1,377,183  
Goodwill and other intangible assets     225,054       225,054       225,054  
Investments content rights and productions in progress     893,705       893,705       893,705  
Distribution rights     693,375       693,375       693,375  
Investment in subsidiary     149,502       149,331       149,331  
Trademarks     4,415       4,415       4,415  
Deposits and prepaid     7,500       7,500       7,500  
Total Assets   $ 3,359,298       3,350,563     $ 3,350,563  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT                        
                         
Current Liabilities                        
Accounts payable   $ 206,583       206,583     $ 206,583  
Accrued liabilities     113,899       113,899       113,899  
Convertible notes payable     114,320       114,320       114,320  
Loans from related parties     175,890       191,187       191,187  
Loans payable     702,302       702,302       702,302  
Total Current Liabilities     1,312,994       1,328,291       1,328,291  
Notes payable                  
Total Liabilities     1,312,994       1,328,291       1,328,291  
                         
Commitments and Contingency                        
                         
Stockholders' Deficit                        
                         
Preferred Stock: Series A - 10 shares authorized, $0.00001 par value,10 shares issued and outstanding   $      $      $   
Preferred Stock: Series B - 200,000,000 share authorized, $0.00001 par value, 177,672 shares issued and outstanding       444,180       444,180       444,180   
Preferred Stock: Series C - 299,999,990 shares authorized, $0.00001 par value, -0- issued and outstanding                  
Common Stock: 3,000,000,000 shares authorized, $0.00001 par value, 450,874,858 and 330,633 shares, and May 31, 2015, respectively     4,283,043       4,283,043       4,283,043  
                         
Additional Paid-in Capital     12,798,680       12,798,680       12,798,680  
Common stock issued as collateral for note payable     (672,000 )     (672,000 )     (672,000 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (552,252 )     (552,252 )     (552,252 )
Deficit Accumulated During the Development Stage     (14,255,347 )     (14,279,379 )     (14,279,379 )
Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)     2,046,304       2,022,272       2,022,272  
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit   $ 3,359,298       3,350,563     $ 3,350,563  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-2  

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Expenses

(Unaudited)

       

 

    For the year ended     For the year ended     For the period ended  
    May 31, 2016     May 31, 2017     November 30, 2017  
Expenses                        
                         
Advertising, marketing and promotion   $ 1,370     $     $  
Bank Charges     105       430        
Computer & internet     4,829       250        
Consulting fees     2,913,000              
Depreciation and amortization expenses     300              
General and administrative     22,220       1,028        
Legal and accounting     10,827       344        
Management fees     3,198,900       7,000        
Meals & entertainment     13,920       7,520        
Office Supplies     6,962       1,749        
Rent expense     11,100              
Telephone expense     3,527       148        
Travel expense     32,118       5,117        
Utilities     2,967       445        
Total Operating Expenses     6,222,145       24,031        
                         
Gain (Loss) from Operations     (6,222,145 )     (24,031 )      
                         
Other Income (Expense)                        
Interest expense     4,250              
Gain on forgiveness     126,261              
Total Other Income (Expense)     130,511              
Net Gain (Loss)     (6,091,634 )     (24,031 )      
                         
Net Loss Per Common Share -                        
Basic and Diluted available to                        
GD Entertainment and Technology, Inc.   $ (0.013 )   $ (0.000 )   $  
                         
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding - Basic and Diluted     483,053,453       483,053,453       483,053,453  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-3  

 

  

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

(Unaudited)

 

 

    Common Stock                                
          Shares            Amount          Additional
Paid-In
Capital
          Common Stock
Issued As
Collateral
for Note
Payable
          Accumulated
Deficit
           Foreign
Currency
Translation
           Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
    
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2007     61,898,176     $ 61,898     $ 6,714,271     $ (672,000 )   $ (7,571,739 )   $ (532,405 )   $ (1,999,975 )
                                                         
   Currency translation adjustment                                             (10,773 )     (10,773 )
   Issuance of common stock shares for debt     36,750,000       36,750       60,750                         97,500  
   Net loss for the year                             (63,546 )           (63,546 )
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2008     98,648,176       98,648       6,775,021       (672,000 )     (7,635,285 )     (543,178 )     (1,976,794 )
   Currency translation adjustment                                   3,836       3,836  
   Effect of 500:1 reverse stock split     (98,450,880 )     (98,451 )     98,451                          
   Issuance of common stock for debt     97,400,000       97,400                               97,400  
   Net loss for the year                             (40,156 )           (40,156 )
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2009     97,597,296       97,597       6,873,472       (672,000 )     (7,675,441 )     (539,342 )     (1,915,714 )
                                                         
  Issuance of common shares for debt     350,000,000       350,000                               350,000  
  Adjustment for fractional shares     1,004       1                               1  
  Currency translation adjustment                                   (12,910 )     (12,910 )
  Net gain (loss) for the year                             523,487             523,487  
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2010     447,598,300       447,598       6,873,472       (672,000 )     (7,151,954 )     (552,252 )     (1,055,136 )
                                                         
 Net gain (loss) for the year                             (26,436 )           (26,436 )
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2011     447,598,300       447,598       6,873,472       (672,000 )     (7,178,390 )     (552,252 )     (1,081,572 )
                                                         
  Net gain (loss) for the year                             (39,119 )           (39,119 )
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2012     447,598,300       447,598       6,873,472       (672,000 )     (7,217,509 )     (552,252 )     (1,120,691 )
                                                         
  Net gain (loss) for the year                             (37,673 )           (37,673 )
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2013     447,598,300       447,598       6,873,472       (672,000 )     (7,255,182 )     (552,252 )     (1,158,364 )
                                                         
 Net gain (loss) for the year                             (41,975 )           (41,975 )
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2014     447,598,300       447,598       6,873,472       (672,000 )     (7,297,157 )     (552,252 )     (1,200,339 )
                                                         
   Effect of 10,000:1 reverse stock split     (2,943,448,300 )     (29,434 )     29,434                          
   Issuance of preferred stock for services                                         394,230  
   Issuance of common stock for debt     2,496,180,633       2,790,005                               2,790,005  
   Net loss for the year                             (685,318 )           (685,318 )
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2015     330,633       3,208,169       6,902,906       (672,000 )     (7,982,475 )     (552,252 )     1,298,578  
                                                         
   Issuance of preferred stock for services                                         2,500  
   Issuance of common shares for debt     1,052,250,344       1,052,249                               1,052,249  
   Net loss for the period                             (120,648 )           (120,648 )
                                                         
Balance-August 31, 2015     1,052,580,977       4,260,418       6,902,906       (672,000 )     (8,103,123 )     (552,252 )     2,232,679  
                                                         
  Issuance of common shares for debt     350,000,000       18,119       12,780                         18,119  
  Currency translation adjustment                                         8,138  
  Net loss for the period                             (54,828 )           (54,828 )
                                                         
Balance-November 30, 2015     1,402,580,977       4,278,537       6,915,686       (672,000 )     (8,157,951 )     (552,252 )     2,204,108  
                                                         
Net loss for the period                             (77,810 )           (77,810 )
                                                         
Balance-February 29, 2015     1,402,580,977       4,278,537       6,915,686       (672,000 )     (8,235,761 )     (552,252 )     2,126,298  
                                                         
Net loss for the period                             (79,994 )           (79,994 )
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2016     1,402,580,977       4,278,537       6,915,686       (672,000 )     (8,315,755 )     (552,252 )     2,046,304  
                                                         
Net loss for the period                             (21,981 )           (21,981 )
                                                         
Balance-August 31, 2016     1,402,580,977       4,278,537       6,915,686       (672,000 )     (8,337,736 )     (552,252 )     2,024,323  
                                                         
Net loss for the period                             (2,049 )           (2,049 )
                                                         
Balance-November 31, 2016     1,402,580,977       4,278,537       6,915,686       (672,000 )     (8,339,785 )     (552,252 )     2,022,274  
                                                         
Issuance of common shares     555,000       6       1,439,586                         1,439,592  
Net loss for the period                             (1,335,568 )           (1,335,568 )
                                                         
Balance-February 29, 2016     1,403,135,977       4,278,543       8,355,272       (672,000 )     (9,675,353 )     (552,252 )     2,126,298  
                                                         
Issuance of common shares     450,000,000       4,500       4,495,500                         4,500,000  
Effect of 10,000:1 reverse stock split     (1,402,261,119 )     (14,023 )     14,023                         0  
Net loss for the period                             (4,579,994 )           (4,579,994 )
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2016     450,874,858       4,269,020       12,864,795       (672,000 )     (14,255,347 )     (552,252 )     2,046,304  
                                                         
Net loss for the period                             (21,981 )           (21,981 )
                                                         
Balance-August 31, 2016     450,874,858       4,269,020       12,864,795       (672,000 )     (14,277,328 )     (552,252 )     2,024,323  
                                                         
Net loss for the period         $     $     $     $ (2,049 )   $       (2,049 )
                                                         
Balance-November 30, 2016     450,874,858       4,269,020       12,864,795       (672,000 )     (14,279,377 )     (552,252 )     2,022,274  
                                                         
Balance-February 28, 2017     450,874,858       4,269,020       12,864,795       (672,000 )     (14,279,377 )     (552,252 )     2,022,274  
                                                         
Balance-May 31, 2017     450,874,858       4,269,020       12,864,795       (672,000 )     (14,279,377 )     (552,252 )     2,022,274  
                                                         
Balance-August 31, 2017     450,874,858     $ 4,269,020     $ 12,864,795     $ (672,000 )     (14,279,377 )     (552,252 )   $ 2,022,274  
                                                         
Balance-November 30, 2017     450,874,858     $ 4,269,020     $ 12,864,795     $ (672,000 )     (14,279,377 )     (552,252 )   $ 2,022,274  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-4  

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

   

 

    For the year ended     For the year ended     For the period ended  
    May 31, 2016     May 31, 2017     November 30, 2017  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                        
Net gain (loss)   $ (6,091,634 )   $ (24,031 )   $  
Adjustment to reconcile net gain (loss) to net cash                        
Depreciation and amortization                  
                         
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                        
Accounts receivable     (92,166 )     (91 )      
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     320,482              
Deposits & prepaids     (7,500 )            
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities     (5,870,818 )     (24,122 )      
                         
                         
Cash Flows To/From Investing Activities:                        
Goodwill     (225,054 )            
Distribution rights     (693,375 )            
Investment in content rights     (1,282,475 )            
Investment in acquired content     (893,705 )            
Investment in subsidiary     (149,331 )            
Trademarks     (4,415 )            
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities     (3,248,355 )            
                         
                         
Cash Flows To/From Financing Activities:                        
Repayments/Issuance of convertible notes     114,320              
Notes payable     169,252              
Loans from related parties     89,600       15,297        
Loans payable     619,340              
Issuance of common stock     4,283,043              
Additional paid in capital     12,798,680              
Issuance preferred stock     444,180              
Common stock collateral     (672,000 )            
Repayments of loans payables                  
Retained earnings     (8,163,713 )            
Foreign currency adjustment     (552,252 )            
Cash Provided by Financing Activities     9,130,450       15,297        
                         
(Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash     11,277       (8,825 )      
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of Year           11,277        
Cash and Cash Equivalents - End of Period   $ 11,277     $ 2,452     $  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-5  

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the 12 Months Ended May 31, 2016 and 2017

 

 

1.     Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

 

The Company was incorporated in the State of New Jersey on October 22, 1991 under the name of “PRS SUB VI, INC.” On February 6, 2001, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation changing its name from PRS Sub VI, Inc. to Donini, Inc. Up until April 1, 2010, and through its subsidiaries, the Company was in the business of franchising pizza delivery businesses.

 

On September 26, 2014, the Company entered into a Letter of Intent with various parties whereby it agreed, if certain conditions were satisfied, to acquire all of the issued and outstanding ownership interests in Golden Dog Productions, LLC (“Golden Dog”), a California-based production company formed on November 15, 2004, in exchange for a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company (the "Merger Agreement"). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and on November 16, 2014, the Company incorporated a wholly-owned subsidiary, GD Entertainment and Technology, Inc. (“GDET”), in the State of Nevada for the purposes of merging with and acquiring all of the issued and outstanding owners hip interests in Golden Dog and, for the purpose of being the surviving corporation in the Merger Agreement.

 

On November 21, 2014, the Company effected the Merger Agreement with GDET and assumed the subsidiary’s name, GD ENTERTAINMENT & TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

 

GD Entertainment and Technology, Inc. (“GDET”) began operations in California in 2004, as Golden Dog Productions, LLC, and is an international entertainment and technology corporation which owns, develops, acquires and monetizes media technologies and media intellectual properties.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

These accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and should be read in conjunction with the unaudited financial statements and notes thereto contained in the Company’s May 31, 2017 Disclosure Report filed with the OTC Markets. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of financial position and the results of operations have been reflected herein.

 

Going Concern

 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which implies the Company will continue to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. However, the accompanying financial statements reflect that the Company has incurred significant operating losses, and has a deficit in shareholders’ equity. These factors raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The continuation of the Company as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support from its shareholders, the ability of the Company to obtain necessary equity financing to continue operations. As at May 31, 2017, the Company has accumulated losses of $14,279,379 since inception. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

 

 

  F-6  

 

 

2.     Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basic Presentation and Consolidation

 

These consolidated financial statements and related notes are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and are expressed in US dollars.

 

The Company uses a May 31 fiscal year.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates estimates and assumptions related to useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets, stock-based compensation, and deferred income tax valuations. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from the Company’s estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with maturity of three months or less at the time of issuance to be cash equivalents.

 

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

 

The Company computes net earnings (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260 "Earnings per Share". ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method and convertible preferred stock using the if-converted method.

 

Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

 

ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements” requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs into three levels that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1

 

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2

 

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

 

 

 

  F-7  

 

 

Level 3

 

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash, amounts due from related parties, accounts payable, convertible notes payable, loans payable, loans from related parties, and amounts due to related parties. Pursuant to ASC 820, the fair value of cash equivalents is determined based on “Level 1” inputs, which consist of quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. The Company believes that the recorded values of all of other financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective maturity dates or durations.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes”. The asset and liability method provides that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is believed more likely than not to be realized. The Company has adopted guidance issued by the FASB that clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return and provides that the tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only if, based on its merits, the position is more likely than not to be sustained on audit by the taxing authorities. Any interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions would be recorded as part of income tax expense. No such interest or penalties were incurred in 20 15 or 2014.

 

3. Related Party Transactions

 

On September 1, 2005, the Company entered into a Convertible Promissory Note with the Company’s former CEO for $50,000 (“CEO Loan”), which is included in loans from related parties. The loan bears interest at 8% per annum, compounded annually and was due on September 1, 2006. On January 15, 2008, $2,000, $8,000, $8,000 and $5,500 were assigned to third parties in exchange for debt and, subsequently converted into 2,000,000, 8,000,000, 8,000,000 and 5,500,000 shares of common stock, respectively. As of November 30, 2015, a principal balance of $26,500 of the former CEO’s Loan remains unpaid, including $27,014 in accrued interest. As of November 30, 2015, the Company is indebted to the former CEO of the Company for $91,540 (Canadian Dollars) of a former subsidiary’s accounts payables guaranteed by the CEO of the Company.

 

Subsequent to the quarter ended November 30, 2015, the Company continued verbal discussions with the Company’s former CEO, whereby it was agreed that all related party loans held by the former CEO would be forgiven.

 

4. Loans payable

 

a) On November 25, 2005, the Company received $25,000 from a former affiliate of the Company and entered into an unsecured loan agreement, bearing interest at 8% per annum. During the quarter ended November 30, 2015, the principal balance of $25,000 and accrued interest of $19,038 were written off and recorded as a gain in forgiveness of debt.

 

b) On December 27, 2006, the Company received $15,000 and entered into a promissory note agreement with a former affiliate of the Company. Under the terms of the note, the principal of the loan is unsecured and bears 12% interest. During the quarter ended November 30, 2015, the principal balance of $15,000 plus accrued interest of $15,174 were written off and recorded as a gain in forgiveness of debt.

 

c) On May 7, 2007, the Company entered into a promissory note in the principal amount of $100,000. Under the terms of the note, the principal of the loan is unsecured and bears 14% interest per annum.

 

 

 

  F-8  

 

 

On December 1, 2014, the Company entered into a Purchase and Assumption Agreement (“Assumption Agreement”), whereby the $100,000 note was assigned to a third party and, concurrently, the Company entered into a modified Convertible Promissory Note (“Modified Note”). The modified note bears interest at 5% per annum and is due on December 1, 2015. The modified note is convertible, at any time, in whole or in part, at the note holder’s option, into common stock of the Company at an initial conversion price per share equal to 50% of the lowest trading price of the Company’s common stock during the previous twenty (20) trading days.

 

Pursuant to ASC 470-50, “Debt – Modification and Extinguishment,” it was determined that the original and modified notes are substantially different and the Company treated the original convertible note extinguished and exchanged for a new convertible note. The modified note was initially recorded at fair value and that amount was compared to the carrying value of the original note prior to modification to determine the gain or loss on extinguishment of debt.

 

The modified note also provides that the principal amount due to original noteholder shall be prorated based on the consideration actually paid by Maker to original noteholder, such that the Maker is only required to repay the amount of consideration and the Maker is not required to repay any unfunded portion of this modified note.

 

Concurrent with the Assumption Agreement, the original noteholder, the Maker and, the Escrow Agent entered into an Escrow Agreement which provides that $65,000 (less legal and administrative fees of $500) be held in escrow.

 

On December 5, 2014, December 13, 2014, and January 7, 2015, the Company issued 44,000,000, 40,000,000, and 26,000,000 shares of common stock, respectively, upon the conversion of the principal amount of $11,000 at a conversion price of $0.0001 per share and, $11,000 was released from escrow to the original noteholder.

 

On February 13, 2015, the Company issued 65,000,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of the principal amount of $6,500 at a conversion price of $0.0001 per share and, $6,500 was released from escrow to the original noteholder.

 

On March 26, 2015, the Company issued 212,000,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of the principal amount of $10,600 at a conversion price of $0.00005 per share and, $10,600 was released from escrow to the original noteholder.

 

On September 4, September 18, September 25, October 9, and October 15, the Company issued 48,414,200, 68,414,200, 48,714,200, 98,414,200, and 98,414,200, respectively, upon the conversion of $2,421, $3,421, $2,436, $4,921, and $4,921 for an aggregate total of $18,119, released from escrow to the noteholder.

 

On October 6, 2015, the Company issued 24,052 Preferred B shares to the original noteholder and expunged $60,130 in principal and accrued interest of the May 7, 2007 promissory note.

 

As at November 30, 2015, a principal balance of $39,870 and accrued interest of $47,933 remain outstanding.

 

5. Convertible Notes Payable

 

a) On July 23, 2004, the Company borrowed $250,000 and entered into an 8%, 5-year Promissory Note. The Note is guaranteed by the Company. The Promissory Note is payable in monthly installments of $5,054, including interest commencing in October 2004 through September 2009. On September 2, 2009, a portion of the Promissory Note was assigned to a third party and the Company issued 6,000,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of the principal amount of $6,000.

 

On January 15, 2010, portions of the Promissory Note were assigned to third parties and the Company issued 32,000,000, 22,000,000, 2,500,000 and 5,500,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of the principal amounts of $32,000, $22,000, $2,500 and $5,500, respectively.

 

 

 

  F-9  

 

 

On November 18, 2014, $42,500 of the Note was assigned to a third party and the assignee subsequently converted the assigned amount into 42,500,000 shares of the common stock of the Company.

 

On December 9, 2014, $40,000 of the Note was assigned to a third party pursuant to a Debt Securities Assignment and Purchase Agreement and Securities Exchange and Settlement Agreement (“Debt Assignment”). Pursuant to the Debt Assignment, the Assignee is permitted to convert any portion of the assigned debt at any time until the assigned Note is no longer outstanding. Further, the Assignee is permitted to receive eligible conversions at the lesser of $0.0004 or a 50% discount from the lowest intra-day trading price for the 20 days prior to a conversion notice submitted to the Company’s Transfer Agent. On December 18, 2014, the Company issued 53,350,000 shares of common stock upon the conversion of the principal amount of $5,350 at a conversion price of $0.0001 per share. A principal balance of $34,650 remains outstanding after said conversion.

 

On January 29, 2015, $5,000 of the Note was assigned to a third party and the assignee subsequently converted a portion of the assigned amount into 164,500,000 shares of the common stock of the Company.

 

During the quarter ended November 30, 2015, the principal balance of $67,500 on the original Promissory Note and all accrued interest were written off and recorded as a gain in forgiveness of debt.

 

b)       On June 7, 2004, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Global Capital Funding Group, L.P. (“Global”), whereby Global purchased a $1,500,000 convertible note (the “Note”) for $1,200,000. The Note was secured by the Company’s accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and general tangibles and matured on June 7, 2007.

 

Pursuant to the agreement, the Company issued a warrant to Global to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock as additional finance costs. In addition, the Company issued a warrant to an unrelated corporation to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock as a finder’s fee. Both warrants were exercisable at $0.495 per share and expired on June 7, 2009.

 

On October 1, 2004, the Company and Global entered into an Exchange Agreement whereby the Note was exchanged for a new note (the “new Note”) in the amount of $1,540,000. The New Note matured on June 7, 2006 and was secured by a first lien on the Company’s non-real estate assets and the issuance and pledge of 8,400,000 shares of common stock. The effective interest rate on the New Note is 13%.

 

Other terms under the New Note are as follows:

 

i) As long as there is no event of default (as defined), the Company may, at its option, prepay the New Note at a price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the New Note, $40,000 of liquidating damages and all accrued and unpaid interest.

 

ii) Global has the right to convert the New Note into shares of common stock upon an event of default (as defined) or at any time following June 7, 2005 at the following conversion price – (a) Principal amount being converted together with the accrued and unpaid interest through the date of conversion divided by (b) 100% of the three lowest bid prices during the twenty (20) trading days immediately preceding the date of conversion. Global can only convert (other than due to an event of default) if the price of the Company’s common stock is equal to or greater than $0.60 per share at the time of conversion.

 

During the quarter ended August 31, 2009, Global instituted a lawsuit in the United States District Court of New Jersey to collect on its defaulted loan. The Company subsequently filed an Answer to the Complaint. During the following quarter ended November 30, 2009, the Company and Global settled, in principal, their lawsuit and all disputes on the following terms:

 

i) The Company shall pay Global a total principal amount of $500,000 in two (2) years, evidenced by an interest-free note (“Interest- Free Note”);

 

i) Global shall retain its 16,800 (post 1:500 split) common shares, held as security, which shall be returned upon payment of the Interest-Free Note;

 

 

 

  F-10  

 

 

ii) Global shall return the 16,800 shares upon the payment of the first $25,000 due on the Note;

 

iii) The matter has been settled and an Order was entered reflecting the same.

 

During the quarter ended November 30, 2015, the Company entered into verbal discussions with Global to write-off the principal balance of $500,000 on the Interest-Free Note in the subsequent quarter.

 

c)       On December 22, 2014, the Company borrowed $10,000 from a private investor and entered into a 10%, 1-year convertible note. At November 30, 2015, a principal balance of $10,000 and accrued interest of $942 remain unpaid.

 

d)       On October 5, 2015, the Company borrowed $25,000 from a private investor and entered into a 45-day promissory note with a fixed interest amount of $5,000 at maturity. At November 30, 2015, the note remains unpaid.

 

e)       On March 6, 2015, the Company entered into a private investment agreement with Blackbridge Capital LLC (“Blackbridge”). Blackbridge purchased a unit for $10,000 consisting of a convertible promissory note face amount of $9,500 and an agreed return on investment or “ROI”. The Company agreed to return or pay to Blackbridge the sum of $10,000 (amount ROI unit generates) on or before March 14, 2015. The convertible promissory note in the face amount of $9,500 has a fixed interest rate of 5% and a conversion price of $0.0001 with no adjustments for reverse stock splits. The note matures on March 13, 2015, the ROI and note remains unpaid.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  F-11  

 

 

PART III—EXHIBITS

 

Index to Exhibits

 

Exhibit 
Number
Exhibit Description
   
2.1 Amended Articles of Incorporation
2.2 Bylaws
3.1* Specimen Stock Certificate
4.1 Subscription Agreement
6.1 Incentive Stock Option Plan
6.2 Management Stock Bonus Plan
6.3 Performance Bonus Plan
6.4 Employment Agreement of Anil Idnani
11.1 Consent of Lux Law, P.A. (included in Exhibit 12.1)
12.1 Opinion of Lux Law, P.A.
   

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

  III-1  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fort Lee, State of New Jersey, on March 5, 2018.

 

(Exact name of issuer as specified in its charter):

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

   
   

 

This Offering Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

By (Signature and Title):

/s/ Anil Idnani

  Anil Idnani, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer).

 

(Date): March 5, 2018

 

 

 

/s/ Anil Idnani

  Anil Idnani, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer).

 

(Date): March 5, 2018

 

 

SIGNATURES OF DIRECTORS:

 

/s/ Anil Idnani

 

March 5, 2018

 
Anil Idnani, Director   Date  

 

 

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

______

 

Amended and Restated

Articles of Incorporation

of

HyperDigital, Inc.

formerly

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

______

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 



Amended and Restated

Articles of Incorporation

of

HyperDigital, Inc.

formerly

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

______

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 14A:9-2 (4) and Section 14A:9-4 (3), Corporations, General, of the New Jersey Statutes, the undersigned corporation executes the following Certificate of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

 

The name of the corporation is: The name of the Corporation is changed from GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. to HyperDigital, Inc. This change is to be effective when the change has been approved and made effective by FINRA.

 

 

1. The following amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was approved by the directors and thereafter duly adopted by the shareholders of the corporation on the 22nd day of February, 2018.

 

Resolved, that of the Articles of Incorporation be amended to read as follows:

 

 

2. The duration of the Corporation is perpetual.

 

 

3. The address of the registered office in the State of New Jersey is 1 Bridge Plaza, 2nd Floor, Fort Lee, New Jersey, 07024 and the name of the registered agent at such address is Anil K. Idnani.

 

 

4. The purposes for which the Corporation is organized are:

 

(a) To engage, without limitation, in any lawful activity for which corporations may be organized under the Laws of the State of New Jersey.

 

(b) To do such acts in pursuit of its general purposes as are not forbidden by the laws of the State of New Jersey, as now in force or hereafter may be in force, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

(1) To sue, be sued, complain, and defend in its corporate name;

 

(2) To have a corporate seal which may be altered at will, and to use it, or a facsimile of it, by impressing or affixing it or in any other manner reproducing it;

 

(3) To make and amend bylaws, not inconsistent with its articles of incorporation or with the laws of this state, for managing the business and regulating the affairs of the corporation;

 

(4) To purchase, receive, lease, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, improve, use, and otherwise deal with real or personal property or any legal or equitable interest in property, wherever located;

 

(5) To sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, lease, exchange, and otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property;

 

(6) To purchase, receive, subscribe for, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, vote, use, sell, mortgage, lend, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, and deal in and with shares or other interests in, or obligations of, any other entity;

 

(7) To make contracts and guarantees, incur liabilities, borrow money, issue its notes, bonds, and other obligations (which may be convertible into or include the option to purchase other securities of the corporation), and secure any of its obligations by mortgage or pledge of any of its property, franchises, or income;

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

(8) To lend money, invest and reinvest its funds, and receive and hold real and personal property as security for repayment;

 

(9) To be a promoter, partner, member, associate, or manager of any partnership, joint venture, trust, or other entity;

 

(10) To conduct its business, locate offices, and exercise the powers granted by this chapter within or without this state;

 

(11) To elect directors and appoint officers, employees, and agents of the corporation, define their duties, fix their compensation, and lend them money and credit;

 

(12) To pay pensions and establish pension plans, pension trusts, profit sharing plans, share bonus plans, share option plans, and benefit or incentive plans for any or all of its current or former directors, officers, employees, and agents;

 

(13) To make donations for the public welfare or for charitable, scientific, or educational purposes;

 

(14) To transact any lawful business that will aid governmental policy;

 

(15) To provide insurance for its benefit on the life or physical or mental ability of any of its directors, officers, or employees or any other person whose death or physical or mental disability might cause financial loss to the corporation; or, pursuant to any contractual arrangement with any shareholder concerning the reacquisition of shares owned by him at his death or disability, on the life or physical or mental ability of that shareholder, for the purpose of carrying out such contractual arrangement; or, pursuant to any contract obligating the corporation, as part of compensation arrangements, or pursuant to any contract obligating the corporation as guarantor or surety, on the life of the principal obligor, and for these purposes the corporation is deemed to have an insurable interest in such persons; and

 

(16) To make payments or donations or do any other act not inconsistent with law that furthers the business and affairs of the corporation.

 

 

5. The maximum number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is:

 

(a) 5,000,000,000 (Five Billion) Shares of Common Stock having a par value of $0.00001; and

 

(b) 1,000,000,000 (One Billion) Shares of Preferred Stock having a par value of $0.00001 per share or as authorized, such Preferred Stock being issuable in one or more series as hereinafter provided.

 

No holder of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled, as a right, to purchase or subscribe for any part of any class of stock of the Corporation now authorized or hereafter authorized by any amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, or of any bonds, debentures, or other securities convertible into or evidencing any rights to purchase or subscribe for any stock of the Corporation; and any stock now authorized or any such additional authorized issue of any stock or any securities convertible into or evidencing rights to purchase or subscribe for stock may be issued and disposed of by the Board of Directors to such firms, person, corporation or association for such consideration and upon such terms and in such manner as the Board of Directors may in its discretion determine without offering any thereof on the same terms, or on any terms, to the shareholders, or to any class of shareholders.

 

The preferences, restriction and qualifications applicable to the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

No holder of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled, as a right, to purchase or subscribe for any part of any class of stock of the Corporation now authorized or hereafter authorized by any amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation, or of any bonds, debentures, or other securities convertible into or evidencing any rights to purchase or subscribe for any stock of the Corporation; and any stock now authorized or any such additional authorized issue of any stock or any securities convertible into or evidencing rights to purchase or subscribe for stock may be issued and disposed of by the Board of Directors to such firms, person, corporation or association for such consideration and upon such terms and in such manner as the Board of Directors may in its discretion determine without offering any thereof on the same terms, or on any terms, to the shareholders, or to any class of shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

PART A - COMMON STOCK

 

After the payment or declaration and setting aside for payment of the full cumulative dividends for all prior and then current dividend periods; all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and after setting aside all stock purchase funds or sinking funds heretofore required to be set aside with respect to the Preferred Stock, dividends on the Common Stock may be declared and paid, but only when and as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

On any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, after there shall have been paid to or set aside for the holders of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock the full preferential amount to which they are respectively entitled to receive, pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of each class outstanding, all the remaining assets of the Corporation will be available for distribution to its common shareholders.

 

Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of such stock standing in his name on the books of the Corporation.

 

After the payment or declaration and setting aside for payment of the full cumulative dividends for all prior and then current dividend periods; all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and after setting aside all stock purchase funds or sinking funds heretofore required to be set aside with respect to the Preferred Stock, dividends on the Common Stock may be declared and paid, but only when and as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

On any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, after there shall have been paid to or set aside for the holders of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock the full preferential amount to which they are respectively entitled to receive, pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of each class outstanding, all the remaining assets of the Corporation will be available for distribution to its common shareholders.

 

 

PART B - PREFERRED STOCK

 

The Board of Directors is expressly vested with the authority to divide any or all of the Preferred Stock into series and to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of the shares of each series so established, provided, however, that the rights and preferences of the various series may vary only with respect to:

 

(a) the rate of dividend;

 

(b) whether the shares may be called and, if so, the call price and the terms and conditions of call;

 

(c) the amount payable upon the shares in the event of voluntary and involuntary liquidation;

 

(d) sinking fund provisions, if any for the call or redemption of the shares;

 

(e) the terms and conditions, if any, on which the shares may be converted;

 

(f) voting rights; and

 

(g) whether the shares will be cumulative, noncumulative or partially cumulative as to dividends and the dates from which any cumulative dividends are to accumulate.

 

The Board of Directors shall exercise the foregoing authority by adopting a resolution setting forth the designation of each series and the number of shares therein, and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof. The Board of Directors may make any change in the designations, terms, limitations or relative rights or preferences of any series in the same manner, so long as no shares of such series are outstanding at such time.

 

Within the limits and restrictions, if any, stated in any resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting any series, the Board of Directors is authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of such series. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the share constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

6. Existing Preferred Stock.

 

Designations, Preferences. Rights And Limitations Of Series A Preferred Stock

 

Ten shares of Series A Preferred Stock have been authorized with a $0.00001 par value per share.

 

Conversion Rights. If at least one share of Series A Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding, then the total aggregate issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock at any given tune, regardless of their number, shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which equals four times the sum of: i) the total number of shares of Common Stock which are issued and outstanding and outstanding at the time of conversion, plus ii) the total number of shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stocks which are issued and outstanding at the time of conversion.

 

Each individual share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock equal to four times the sum of: all shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at time of conversion plus all shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stocks issued and outstanding at time of conversion, divided by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at the time of conversion.

 

Issuance. Shares of Preferred Stock may only be issued in exchange for the partial or full retirement of debt held by management, employees or consultants, or a as directed by a majority vote of the Board of Directors. The number of Shares of Preferred Stock to be issued to each qualified person (member of management, employee or consultant) holding a Note shall be determined by the following formula:

 

For retirement of debt, the number or shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be issued shall be the sum of the the discreet notes and other obligations owed lender (holder) which are being retired.

 

Voting Rights. a. If at least one share of Series A Preferred. Stock is issued and outstanding, then the total aggregate issued shares of Series A Preferred Stock at any given time, regardless of their number shall have voting rights equal to four times the sum of: i) the total number of shares of Common Stock which are issued and outstanding at the time of voting, plus ii) the total number of shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stocks which are issued and outstanding at the time of voting.

 

Each individual share of Series A Preferred Stock share have the voting rights equal to: four times the sum of all shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at time of voting + all shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at time of voting, divided by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding at the time of voting.

 

Designations, Preferences, Rights And Limitations Of Series B Preferred Stock

 

Designation And Number Of Shares. 200,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock par value $0.00001 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), are authorized (the "Series B Preferred Stock" or “Series B Preferred Shares ").

 

Dividends. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion.

 

Liquidation Rights. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary' or involuntary before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any stock ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock. the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation an amount equal to $1.00 per share or in the event of an aggregate subscription by a single subscriber for Series B Preferred Stock in excess of $ I00,000, $0.997 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combination splits, recapitalizations, and the like with respect to such shares) (the "Preference Value"), plus all declared but unpaid dividends, for each share of Series B Preferred Stock held by them. After the payment of the full applicable Preference Value of each share of the Series B Preferred Stock as set forth herein, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to holders of the Corporation's Common Stock.

 

Conversion and Anti-Dilution. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible at par value $0 .00001 per share (the ''Series B Preferred''), at any time, and/or from time to time, into the number of shares of the Corporation's common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock") equal to the price of the Series B Preferred Stock:, divided by the par value of the Series B Preferred, subject to adjustment as may be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time ( the "Conversion Rate"). for example, assuming a $2.50 price per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and a par value of $0.00001 per share for Series B Preferred each share of Series B Preferred Stock would be convertible into 2,500 hares of Common Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to be effective on the business day (the "Conversion Date") following the receipt by the Corporation of written notice from the holder of the Series B Preferred Stock of the holder's intention to convert the shares of Series B Stock, together with the holder's stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Series B Preferred Stock. to be converted.

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

Promptly after the Conversion Date, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable to the holder pursuant to the holder's conversion of Series B Preferred Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section. The stock certificate(s) evidencing the Common Stock shall be issued with a restrictive legend indicating that it was issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. as amended (the "Securities Act"), and that it cannot be transferred unless it is so registered, or an exemption from registration is available, in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation. The Common Stock shall be issued in the name name of the person who is the holder of the Series B Preferred Stock unless, the opinion of counsel to the Corporation, such transfer can be made in compliance with applicable securities law. The person in whose name the certificate(s) of Common Stock are so registered shall be treated as a holder of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation on the date the Common Stock certificates(s) are so issued.

 

All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Shares as provided herein shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. Effective as of the Conversion Date, such converted Series B Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the holder with respect to such shares shall immediately terminate except. the right to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

The Corporation covenants that within 30 days of receipt of a conversion notice from any holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock wherein which such conversion would create more shares of Common Stock than is authorized by the Corporation will increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock sufficient to satisfy such holder of shares of Series B submitting such conversion notice.

 

Shares of Series B Preferred Stock anti-dilutive to reverse splits, and therefore in the case of a reverse split. are convertible to the number of Common Shares after the reverse split as would have been equal to ratio established in Section 3.8(a) prior to the reverse split The conversion ratio of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, however, would increase proportionally in the case of forward splits. and may nor be diluted by in reverse split. following a forward split.

 

Voting Rights. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall have ten ( I0) votes for any election or other vote placed before the shareholders of the Company.

 

Price. The initial price of each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be $2.50. The price of each share of Series B Preferred Stock may he changed either through a majority vote of the Board of Directors through a resolution at a meeting of the Board, or through a resolution passed at in Action Without Meeting of the unanimous Board, until such time as a listed secondary and/or listed public market develops for the shares.

 

Lock-Up Restrictions On Conversion. Shares of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock for a period of; a) six (6) months after purchase, if the Company voluntarily or involuntarily files public reports pursuant to Section 12 or 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or b) twelve (12) months if the Company does not file such public reports.

 

Designations, Preferences, Rights And Limitations Of Series C Preferred Stock

 

Designation And Number Of Shares. 299,999,990 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, par value 0.00001 per share (the "Preferred Stock''), are authorized (the ''Series C Preferred Stock" or "Series C Preferred Shares'').

 

Issuance. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock may issued to holders of debt of the Company, as determined by a majority vote of the Board of Directors or others, as determined by a majority vote of the Board of Directors.

 

Dividends. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall he entitled to receive dividends. when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion.

 

Liquidation Rights. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any stock ranking junior to the Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation in an amount equal to $l.00 per share or, in the event of an aggregate subscription by a single subscriber for Series C Preferred Stock in excess of S100,000, $0.997 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, split, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) (the Preference Value''), plus all declared but unpaid dividends for each share of Series C Preferred Stock held by them. After the payment of the full applicable Preference value of each share of the Series C Preferred Stock as set forth herein, the remaining assets: of the Corporation legally available for distribution, if any shall be distributed ratably to the holder of the Corporation's Common Stock.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

Conversion And Anti – Dilution. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible at any time and/or from time to time, into 500 shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, par value $0.0000l per share (the Common Stock"). Such conversion shall be deemed to be effective on the business day (the "Conversion Date") following the receipt by the Corporation of written notice from the holder of the Series C Preferred Stock of the holder's intention to convert the shares. of Series C Stock, together with the holder's stock certificate or certificates evidencing the Series C Preferred Stock to be converted.

 

Promptly after the Conversion Date. the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder a certificate or certificates for that number of full shares of Common Stock issuable to the holder pursuant to the holder's conversion of Series C Preferred Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Section. The stock certificate(s) evidencing the Common Stock shall be issued with a restrictive legend indicating that it was issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended {the "Securities Act"), and that it cannot be transferred unless it is so registered, or an exemption from registration is available in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation. The Common Stock shall be issued in the same name as the person who is the holder of the Series C Preferred Stock unless in the opinion of counsel to the Corporation, such transfer can be made in compliance with applicable securities laws. The person whose name the certificate(s) of Common Stock are so registered shall be treated as a holder of share of Common Stock of the corporation on the date the Common Stock certificate(s) are issued.

 

All shares of Common Stock received upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Shares as provided herein shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable. Effective as of the conversion Date, such converted Series C Preferred Shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights of the holder with respect to such shares shall immediately terminate except the right to receive the shares of Common Stock upon such conversion.

 

The Corporation covenants that, within 30 days of receipt of a conversion notice from any holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock wherein which such conversion, would create more shares of Common Stock that are authorized, the Corporation will increase the authorized number of hares of Common Stock sufficient to satisfy such holder of shares of Series C constituting such conversion notice.

 

Shares of Series C Preferred Stock are anti dilutive to reverse splits, and therefore in the case of a reverse split, .are convertible to the number of Common Shares after the reverse split would have been equal to the ratio established in Section 3.16(a) prior to the reverse split. The conversion rate for shares of Series C Preferred Stock, however, would increase proportionately in the case of forward splits, and may not be diluted by a reverse split following.- forward split

 

Voting Rights. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall have one vote for any election or other vote placed before the shareholders of the Company.

 

Price. The initial price of each share of Series C Preferred Stock hall be $2.00.

 

The price of each share of Series C Preferred Stock may be changed either through a majority vote of the Board of Directors through a resolution at a meeting of the Board. or through a resolution passed of the unanimous Board , until such time as a listed secondary and/or listed public market develops for the shares.

 

Lock-Up Restrictions On Conversion. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock may not be converted into shares of Common Stock for a period of six (6) months after purchase, if the Company voluntarily or involuntarily files public reports pursuant to Section 12 or 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or twelve (12) months if the Company does not file such public reports.

 

 

7. The shareholders of the Corporation may take any action which they are required or permitted to take without a meeting on written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by all of the persons or entities entitled to vote thereon.

 

 

8. A. Any Business Combination Transaction (as defined in Section 8.B (3) below) shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66% of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required, notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

B. For the purposes of this Paragraph 8:

 

(1) "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as in effect on February 31, 1994.

 

(2) "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12d3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect on February 31, 1994.

 

(3) "Business Combination Transaction" shall mean:

 

(a) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary with (i) an Interested Stockholder or (ii) any other Person (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder; or

 

(b) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with, or proposed by or on behalf of, an Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder, of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary constituting not less than 5% of the total assets of the Corporation as reported in the consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of the most recent quarter with respect to which such balance sheet has been prepared; or

 

(c) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or any series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to, or proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) constituting not less than 5% of the total assets of the Corporation as reported in the consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of the most recent quarter with respect to which such balance sheet has been prepared; or

 

(d) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or any spin-off or split-up or any kind of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Stockholder; or

 

(e) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any Subsidiary or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the percentage of the outstanding shares of (i) any class of equity securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary or (ii) any class of securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary convertible into equity securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary, represented by securities of such class which are directly or indirectly owned by an Interested Stockholder and all of its Affiliates and Associates.

 

(4) "Continuing Director" means (a) any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who (i) is neither the Interested Stockholder involved in the Business Combination Transaction as to which a vote of Continuing Directors is provided hereunder, nor an Affiliate, Associate, employee, agent, or nominee of such Interested Stockholder, or the relative of any of the foregoing, and (ii) was a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation prior to the time that such Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, and (b) any successor of a Continuing Director described in clause (a) who is recommended or elected to succeed a Continuing Director by the affirmative vote of a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(5) "Fair Market Value" means: (a) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange-Listed Stocks, or, if such stock is not reported on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, in the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Exchange act on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of Security Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any similar interdealer quotation system then in use, or, if no such quotation is available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith; and (b) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in good faith.

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

(6) "Interested Stockholder" shall mean any Person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary, any employee benefit plan maintained by the Corporation or any Subsidiary or any trustee or fiduciary with respect to any such plan when acting in such capacity) who or which:

 

(a) is or was at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation; or

 

(b) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation; or

 

(c) is an assignee of, or has otherwise succeeded to, any share of Voting Stock of the Corporation of which an interested Stockholder was the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction, or series of transactions, not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

For the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation shall include unissued shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation of which the Interested Stockholder is the Beneficial Owner but shall not include any other shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of any conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, to any person who is not the Interested Stockholder.

 

(7) A "Person" means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, association, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, as well as any syndicate or group deemed to be a person pursuant to Section 14(d) (2) of the Exchange Act.

 

(8) "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which the Corporation owns, directly or indirectly, (a) a majority of the outstanding shares of equity securities of such corporation, or (b) shares having a majority of the voting power represented by all of the outstanding Voting Stock of such corporation. For the purpose of determining whether a corporation is a Subsidiary, the outstanding Voting Stock and the shares of equity securities thereof shall include unissued shares of which the corporation is the Beneficial Owner, but, except for purposes of Paragraph 8.B (6), shall not include any other shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, to any Person who is not the Corporation.

 

(9) "Voting Stock" shall mean outstanding shares of capital stock of the relevant corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

C. The provisions of Paragraph 8.A shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination Transaction, and such Business Combination Transaction shall require only such affirmative vote of the stockholders, if the condition specified in either of the following paragraphs (1) or (2) are met:

 

(1) The Business Combination Transaction shall have been approved by the affirmative vote of all of the Continuing Directors, even if the Continuing Directors do not constitute a quorum of the entire Board of Directors.

 

(2) All of the following conditions shall have been met:

 

(a) With respect to each share of each class of outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (including Common Stock), the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive on or before the date of the consummation of the Business Combination transaction (the "Consummation Date"), cash and consideration, in the form specified in Paragraph 8.C (2) (b) hereof, with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the Consummation Date at least equal to the highest of the following:

 

(i) the highest per share price (including brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder to which the Business Combination Transaction relate, or by any affiliate or Association of such Interested Stockholder, for any shares of such class of Voting Stock acquired by it (x) within the two-year period immediately prior to the first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination Transaction (the "Announcement Date") or (y) in the transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher;

 

(ii) the Fair Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock of the Corporation on the Announcement Date; and

 

 

 

 

  9  
 

 

(iii) the highest preferential amount per share, if any, to which the holder of the shares of such class of Voting Stock of the Corporation are entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

(b) The consideration to be received by a holder of a particular class of outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (including Common Stock) as described in Paragraph 8.C (2) (a) hereof shall be in cash or, if the consideration previously paid by or on behalf of the Interested Stockholder in connection with its acquisition of beneficial ownership of shares of such class of Voting Stock consisted, in whole or in part, of consideration other than cash, then in the same form as such consideration. If such payment for shares of any class of Voting Stock of the Corporation has been made in varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration for such class of Voting Stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the beneficial ownership of such class of Voting Stock previously acquired by the Interested Stockholder.

 

(c) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder and prior to the Consummation Date: (i) there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefore any full dividends (whether or not cumulative) on the outstanding Preferred Stock of the Corporation, if any, except as approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors; (ii) there shall have been (x) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock of the Corporation (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors, and (y) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding share of the Common Stock, unless the failure to so increase such annual rate is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors, and (iii) such Interested Stockholder shall not have become the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation except as part of the transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder.

 

(d) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder, neither such Interested Stockholder nor any Affiliate or Associate thereof, shall have received the benefit, directly or indirectly except proportionately as shareholder of the Corporation), of any loans advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation.

 

(e) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination Transaction and complying with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the General Rules and Regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act, Rules and Regulations) shall be mailed to the shareholder of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the Consummation Date (whether or not such Proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions thereof).

 

D. A majority of the Continuing Directors shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to determine compliance with this Paragraph 8, including, without limitation, (1) whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, (2) the number of shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by any Person, (3) whether a Person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (4) whether the requirements of Paragraph 8.C(2) have been met with respect to any Business Combination Transaction, and (5) whether the assets which are the subject of any Business Combination Transaction have, or the consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the Corporation or any subsidiary in any Business Combination Transaction constitutes not less than 5% of the total assets of the Corporation as reported in the consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of the most recent quarter with respect to which such balance sheet has been prepared. The good faith determination of the majority of the Continuing Directors on such matters shall be conclusive and binding for all the purposes of this Paragraph 8.

 

E. Nothing contained in this Paragraph shall be construed to relieve members of the Board of Directors or an Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law. The fact that any Business Combination Transaction comes with the provision of Paragraph 8.C shall not be construed to impose any fiduciary duty, obligation or responsibility on the Board of Directors or any member thereof, to approve such Business Combination Transaction or recommend its adoption or approval to the shareholders of the Corporation nor shall compliance limit, prohibit or otherwise restrict in any manner the Board of Directors, or any member thereof, with respect to evaluations of or actions and responses taken with respect to such Business Combination Transactions.

 

 

9. In the event that the Board of Directors should consist of in excess of one director, the Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible. The Initial terms of directors elected in 2018 shall expire as of the annual meeting of shareholders for the years indicated below:

 

Class I Directors 2019
Class II Directors 2020
Class III Directors 2021

 

 

 

 

  10  
 

 

Upon expiration of the initial terms specified for each class of directors their successors shall be elected for a four-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes, so as to maintain or attain if possible, the equality of the number of directors in each class, but in no case will decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. If equality in number is not possible, the increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes in such way that the difference in the number of directors in any two classes shall not exceed one.

 

Any vacancies on the Board of Directors for any reason and any newly created directorships resulting by reason of any increase in the number of directors shall be filled by the Board of Directors, acting by a majority of the remaining directors the in office, although less than a quorum, and any director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors have been chosen and until their successors are elected and qualified.

 

A written ballot shall not be required for the election of directors unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

 

10. A quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the directors.

 

 

11. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to do the following actions, but the following actions shall be taken only by a two-thirds majority vote of the Board of Directors:

 

(a) To adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation by vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, but any Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors may be amended by the shareholders of the Corporation.

 

(b) To distribute to the shareholders of the Corporation out of capital surplus of the Corporation a portion of its assets, in cash or property, subject to the requirements of law, and such distribution is expressly permitted without the vote of the shareholders;

 

(c) To cause the Corporation to make purchases of its shares, directly or indirectly, to the extent of unreserved and unrestricted earned surplus available therefore, without the vote of the shareholders;

 

(d) If at any time the Corporation has more than one class of authorized or outstanding stock, to pay dividends on shares of any class to the holders of shares of any class, without the vote of the shareholders of the class in which the payment is to be made;

 

(f) To amend these articles of incorporation,

 

(g) To issue new stock or debt, including the issuance of treasury stock,

 

(h) To purchase, sell or transfer any substantial part of the Corporation's assets

 

(i) To merge or sell the Corporation or acquire another entity,

 

(j) To dissolve or liquidate the Corporation,

 

(k) To make a material change in the business of the Corporation,

 

(l) To make any substantial contact or incur any substantial debt or obligation of the Corporation,

 

(m) To file bankruptcy, enter into any insolvency proceeding or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors or compromise any debt, and

 

(n) To take any action which the Board of Directors is required or permitted to take without a meeting by written consent, setting forth the action so taken, signed by a majority of the directors entitled to vote thereon.

 

 

 

 

  11  
 

 

12. In evaluating a Business Combination (as defined in Paragraph 8 above) or a tender or exchange offer and other acquisition proposal, the Board of Directors in determining what is in the best interest of the Corporation, may consider, among others, the following factors:

 

(a) the financial aspects of the offer, the long-term interests of the Corporation's shareholders, the present and historical market value of the Corporation's shares and the premiums paid in other relevant transactions, the liquidation value of the Corporation's assets, the prospects of the Corporation, and (to the extent estimable) its stock on a going concern basis over the subsequent several years;

 

(b) the prospects for obtaining and methods of achieving a better offer, such as seeking other bids, pursuing negotiating strategies (which may include defensive tactics), and partial or total liquidation;

 

(c) the impact, if the offer is partial or two-tier, on the remaining shareholders and on the prospects of the Corporation in the event the offer is successful;

 

(d) the value and investment attributes of the non-cash consideration if the offer involves consideration other than cash;

 

(e) the potential of the offer (if partial or two-tier), including the offeror's competence, experience, integrity, management, reputation and financial condition;

 

(f) legal and regulatory matters, or other considerations that could impede or prevent the transaction's consummation;

 

(g) the effect of the transaction on the Corporation's (and its subsidiaries') customers, including policyholders, suppliers and employees; and

 

(h) local community interests.

 

 

13. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66% of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or adopt any provision or provisions inconsistent with Paragraph 8, 9, 12,or 13 hereof, unless such amendment, alteration, change repeal or adoption of any inconsistent provision or provisions is declared advisable by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of (A) all of the entire Board of Directors and (B) all of the Continuing Directors (as defined in Paragraph 8).

 

 

14. The Corporation shall indemnify any person (including his estate) made or threatened to be made a party to any suit or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by reason of the fact that he was a director or officer of the Corporation or served at its request as a director or officer of another Corporation, against judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorney fees actually and necessarily incurred as a result of such threat, suit or proceeding, or any appeal therein, to the full extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of New Jersey. Promptly after receipt by a party to be indemnified under this section of notice of the commencement of any such suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Corporation, notify the Corporation of the commencement thereof. This Corporation shall be entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense or to assume the defense of any such suit or proceedings, such defense shall be conducted by counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to the party to be indemnified and the party to be indemnified shall bear the fees and expenses of any additional counsel retained by him.

 

 

15. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:

 

Name Mailing Address
   
John E. Lux 1629 K Street, Suite 300
  Washington, DC 20006

 

 

 

 

 

 

  12  
 

 

16. The mailing address of the corporation's principal office is:

 

1 Bridge Plaza, 2nd Floor

Fort Lee, New Jersey, 07024

 

 

17. Voting

 

The number of shares outstanding, entitled to vote on this Amendment, and voting for this Amendment is as follows:

 

Class of Stock

Outstanding

Entitled to Vote on this Amendment Voting for this Amendment
Preferred Stock, Series A 10 10 10
Preferred Stock, Series B 177,672 177,672 10,000
Common Stock 450,874,858 450,874,858 300,088,887

 

 

This Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation was adopted on the 22nd day of February 2018 by Unanimous Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and majority vote of the shareholders.

 

Dated: February 22, 2018

 

 

 

 

By: /s/ Anil K. Idnani                                                                 

Anil K. Idnani

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  13  

 

Exhibit 2.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GD ENTERTAINMENT & TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

_______

 

BY-LAWS

______

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

BY-LAWS

OF

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

______

 

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

The principal office of the corporation shall be designated time to time by the corporation and may be within or outside of New Jersey.

 

The corporation may have such other offices, either within or outside New Jersey, as the board of directors may designate or as the business of the corporation may require from time to time.

 

The registered office of the corporation required by the General Corporation Law of New Jersey to be maintained in New Jersey may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office, and the address of the registered office may be changed from time to time by the board of directors.

 

 

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 1. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on a date and at a time fixed by the board of directors of the corporation (or by the president in the absence of action by the board of directors), beginning with the year 2018, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the election of directors is not held on the day fixed as provided herein for any annual meeting of the shareholders, or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as it may conveniently be held.

 

A shareholder may apply to the district court in the county in New Jersey where the corporation's principal office is located or, if the corporation has no principal office in New Jersey, to the district court of the county in which the corporation's registered office is located to seek an order that a shareholder meeting be held (i) if an annual meeting was not held within six months after the close of the corporation’s most recently ended fiscal year or fifteen months after its last annual meeting, whichever is earlier, or (ii) if the shareholder participated in a proper call of or proper demand for a special meeting and notice of the special meeting was not given within thirty days after the date of the call or the date the last of the demands necessary to require calling of the meeting was received by the corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of New Jersey, or the special meeting was not held in accordance with the notice.

 

Section 2. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Unless otherwise prescribed by statute, special meetings of the shareholders may be called for any purpose by the president or by the board of directors. The president shall call a special meeting of the shareholders if the corporation receives one or more written demands for the meeting, stating the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held, signed and dated by holders of shares representing at least ten percent of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the meeting.

 

Section 3. PLACE OF MEETING. The board of directors may designate any place, either within or outside New Jersey, as the place for any annual meeting or any special meeting called by the board of directors. A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place, either within or outside New Jersey, as the place for such meeting. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting is called other than by the board, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the corporation.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETING. Written notice stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, except if any other longer period is required by the General Corporation Law of New Jersey. The secretary shall be required to give such notice only to shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting except as otherwise required by the General Corporation Law of New Jersey.

 

Notice of a special meeting shall include a description of the purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice of an annual meeting need not include a description of the purpose or purposes of the meeting except the purpose or purposes shall be stated with respect to (i) an amendment to the articles of incorporation of the corporation, (ii) a merger or share exchange in which the corporation is a party and, with respect to a share exchange, in which the corporation's shares will be acquired, (iii) a sale, lease, exchange or other disposition (i other than in the usual and regular course of business, of all or substantially all of the property of the corporation or of another entity which this corporation controls, in each case with or without the goodwill, (iv) a dissolution of the corporation, (v) restatement of the articles of incorporation, or (vi) any other purpose for which a statement of purpose is required by the General Corporation Law of New Jersey. Notice shall be given personally or by mail, private carrier, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed and if in a comprehensible form, such notice shall be deemed to be given and effective when deposited in the United States mail, properly addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears in the corporation's current record of shareholders, with first class postage prepaid. If notice is given other than by mail, and provided that such notice is in a comprehensible form, the notice is given and to be effective when sent.

 

If requested by the person or persons lawfully calling such meeting, the secretary shall give notice thereof at corporate expense. No notice need be sent to any shareholder if three successive, notices mailed to the last known address of such shareholder have been returned as undeliverable until such time as another address for such shareholder is made known to the corporation by such shareholder. In order to be entitled to receive notice of any meeting, a shareholder shall advise the corporation in writing of any change in such shareholder's mailing address as shown on the corporation's books and records.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another date, time or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time or place if the new date, time or place of such meeting is announced before adjournment at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that may have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 120 days, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a new notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as of the new record date.

 

A shareholder may waive notice of a meeting before or after the time and date of the meeting by a writing signed by such shareholder. Such waiver shall be delivered to the corporation for filing with the corporate records, but this delivery and filing shall not be conditions to the effectiveness of the waiver. Further, by attending a meeting either in person or by proxy, a shareholder waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting unless the shareholder objects at the beginning of the meeting to the holding of the meeting or the transaction of business at the meeting because of lack of notice or defective notice. By attending the meeting, the shareholder also waives any objection to consideration at the meeting of a particular matter not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

 

Section 5. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to (i) notice of or vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, (ii) receive distributions or share dividends, (iii) demand a special meeting, or (iv) make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may fix a future date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seventy days, and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days, prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If no record date is fixed by the directors, the record date shall be the day before the notice of the meeting is given to shareholders, or the date on which the resolution of the board of directors providing for a distribution is adopted, as the case may be. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders is made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the board of directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting. Unless otherwise specified when the record date is fixed, the time of day for such determination shall be as of the corporation's close of business on the record date.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the record date for determining the shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting or entitled to be given notice of action so taken shall be the date a writing upon which the action is taken is first received by the corporation. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to demand a special meeting shall be the date of the earliest of any of the demands pursuant to which the meeting is called.

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

Section 6. VOTING LISTS. After a record date is fixed for a shareholders' meeting, the secretary shall make, at the earlier often days before such meeting or two business days after notice of the meeting has been given, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to be given notice of such meeting or any adjournment thereof. The list shall be arranged by voting groups and within each voting group by class or series of shares, shall be in alphabetical order within each class or series, and shall show the address of and the number of shares of each class or series held by each shareholder. For the period beginning the earlier of ten days prior to the meeting or two business days after notice of the meeting is given and continuing through the meeting and any adjournment thereof, this list shall be kept on file at the principal office of the corporation, or at a place (which shall be identified in the notice) in the city where the meeting will be held. Such list shall be available for inspection on written demand by any shareholder (including for the purpose of this Section 6 any holder of voting trust certificates) or his agent or attorney during regular business hours and during the period available for inspection. The original share transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

 

Any shareholder, his agent or attorney may copy the list during 'regular business hours and during the period it is available for inspection, provided (i) the shareholder has been a shareholder for at least three months immediately preceding the demand or holds at least five percent of all outstanding shares of any class of shares as of the date of the demand, (ii) the demand is made in good faith and for a purpose reasonably related to the demanding shareholder's interest as a shareholder, (iii) the shareholder describes with reasonable particularity the purpose and the records the shareholder desires to inspect, (iv) the records are directly connected with the described purpose, and (v) the shareholder pays a reasonable charge covering the costs of labor and material for such copies, not to exceed the estimated cost of production and reproduction.

 

Section 7. RECOGNITION PROCEDURE FOR BENEFICIAL OWNERS~ The board of directors may adopt by resolution a procedure whereby a shareholder of the corporation may certify in writing to the corporation that all or a portion of the shares registered in the name of such shareholder are held for the account of a specified person or persons. The resolution may set forth (i) the types of nominees to which it applies, (ii) the rights or privileges that the corporation will recognize in a beneficial owner, which may include rights and privileges other than voting, (iii) the form of certification and the information to be contained therein, (iv) if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time within which the certification must be received by the corporation, (v) the period for which the nominee's use of the procedure is effective, and (vi) such other provisions with respect to the procedure as the board deems necessary or desirable. Upon receipt by the corporation of a certificate complying with the procedure established by the board of directors, the persons specified in the certification shall be deemed, for the purpose or purposes set forth in the certification, to be the registered holders of the number of shares specified in place of the shareholder making the certification.

 

Section 8. QUORUM AND MANNER OF ACTING. A majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by a voting group represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum of that voting group for action on the matter. If less than a majority of such votes are represented at a meeting, a majority of the votes so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, for a period not to exceed 120 days for anyone adjournment. If a quorum is present at such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, unless the meeting is adjourned and a new record date is set for the adjourned meeting.

 

If a quorum exists, action on a matter other than the election of directors by a voting group is approved if the votes cast within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or the articles of incorporation.

 

Section 9. PROXIES. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote by proxy by signing an appointment form or similar writing, either personally or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. A shareholder may also appoint a proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a facsimile or other electronic transmission providing a written statement of the appointment to the proxy, a proxy solicitor, proxy support service organization, or other person duly authorized by the proxy to receive appointments as agent for the proxy, or to the corporation. The transmitted appointment shall set forth or be transmitted with written evidence from which it can be determined that the shareholder transmitted or authorized transmission of the appointment. The proxy appointment for similar writing shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting. The appointment of a proxy effective when received by the corporation and is valid for eleven (11) months unless a different period is expressly provided in the appointment form or similar writing.

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

Any complete copy, including an electronically transmitted facsimile, of an appointment of a proxy may be substituted for or used/in. lieu of the original appointment for any purpose for which the original appointment could be used.

 

Revocation of a proxy does not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's authority unless (i) the corporation had notice that the appointment was coupled with an interest and notice that such interest is extinguished is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment, or (ii) other notice of the revocation of the appointment is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment. Other notice of revocation may in, the discretion of the corporation, be deemed to include the appearance at a shareholders' meeting of the shareholder who granted the proxy and his voting in person on any matter subject to a vote at such meeting.

 

The death or incapacity of the shareholder appointing a proxy does not affect the right of the corporation to accept the proxy's authority unless notice of the death or incapacity is received by the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes before the proxy exercises his authority under the appointment.

 

The corporation shall not be required to recognize an appointment made irrevocable if it has received a writing revoking the appointment signed by the shareholder Including a shareholder who is a successor to the shareholder who granted the proxy) either personally or by his attorney-in-fact, notwithstanding that the revocation may be a breach of an obligation of the shareholder to another person not to revoke the appointment.

 

Subject to Section 11 and any express limitation on the proxy's authority appearing on the appointment form, the corporation is entitled to accept the proxy's vote or other action as that of the shareholder making the appointment.

 

Section 10. VOTING OF SHARES. Each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote, except in the election of directors, and each fractional share shall be entitled to a corresponding fractional vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or denied by the articles of incorporation as permitted by the General Corporation Law of New Jersey. Cumulative voting shall not be permitted in the election of directors or for any other purpose. Each record holder of shares shall be entitled to vote in the election of directors and shall have as many votes for each of the shares owned by him as there are directors to be elected and for whose election he has the right to vote.

 

At each election of directors, that number of candidates equaling the number of directors to be elected, having the highest number of votes cast in favor of their election, shall be elected to the board of directors.

 

Except as otherwise ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction upon a finding that the purpose of this Section would not be violated in the circumstances presented to the court, the shares of the corporation are not entitled to be voted if they are owned, directly or indirectly, by a second corporation, domestic or foreign, and the first corporation owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the shares entitled to vote for directors of the second corporation except to the extent the second corporation holds the shares in a fiduciary capacity.

 

Redeemable shares are not entitled to be voted after notice of redemption is mailed to the holders and a sum sufficient to redeem the shares has been deposited with a bank, trust company or other financial institution under an irrevocable obligation to pay the holders the redemption price on surrender of the shares.

 

Section 11. CORPORATION'S ACCEPTANCE OF VOTES. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation corresponds to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation and give it effect as the act of the shareholder. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation does not correspond to the name of a shareholder, the corporation, if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation and to give it effect as the act shareholder if:

 

(i) the shareholder is an entity and the name signed purports to be that of an officer or agent of the entity;

 

(ii) the name signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator representing the shareholder and; if the corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

(iii) the name signed purports to be that of a receiver or trustee ill bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence of this status acceptable to the corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;

 

(iv) the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial owner or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the corporation requests, evidence acceptable to the corporation of the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy' appointment revocation;

 

(v) two or more persons are the shareholder as co-tenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one of the co-tenants or fiduciaries, and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-tenants or fiduciaries; or

 

(vi) the acceptance of the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation is otherwise proper under rules established by the corporation that are not inconsistent with this Section 11.

 

The corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation if the secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder.

 

Neither the corporation nor its officers nor any agent who accepts or rejects a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation in good faith and in accordance with the standards of this Section is liable in damages for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection.

 

Section 12. INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a written consent (or counterparts thereof) that sets forth the action so taken is signed by shareholders holding at least that proportion of the voting power necessary to approve such action and received by the corporation. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a vote of the shareholders and may be stated as such in any document. Action taken under this Section 12 is effective as of the date the last writing necessary to effect the action is received by the corporation, unless an of the writings specify a different effective date, in which case such specified date shall be the effective date for such action. The record date for determining shareholders entitled to take action without a meeting is the date the corporation first receives a writing upon which the action is taken.

 

Any shareholder who has signed a writing describing and consenting to action taken pursuant to this Section 12 may revoke such consent by a writing signed by the shareholder describing the action and stating that the shareholder's prior consent thereto is revoked, if such writing is received by the corporation before the effectiveness of the action.

 

Section 13. MEETINGS BY TELECOMMUNICATION. Any or all of the shareholders may participate in an annual or special shareholders' meeting by, or the meeting may be conducted through the use of, any means of communication by which all persons participating in the meeting may hear each other during the meeting. A shareholder participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

Section 14. REPRESENTATIVE CLAIMS. Except where a private right of action at a lower threshold than that required by this By-Law is expressly authorized by applicable statute, a current or prior shareholder or group of shareholders (collectively, a “Claiming Party”) may not initiate a claim in a court of law on behalf of (1) the Corporation and/or (2) any class of current and/or prior shareholders against the Corporation and/or against any director and/or officer of the Corporation in his or her official capacity, unless the Claiming Party, no later than the date the claim is asserted, delivers to the Secretary written consents by beneficial shareholders owning at least Three Percent (3%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation as of (i) the date the claim was discovered (or should have been discovered) by the Claiming Party or (ii), if on behalf of a class consisting only of prior shareholders, the last date on which a shareholder must have held shares to be included in the class.

 

Section 15. FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the court of appropriate jurisdiction under the law of the Corporation's State of corporate domicile (or, if this court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of the Corporation's State of corporate domicile). If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the preceding sentence is filed in a court other than such court (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of the Corporation's domicile in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the preceding sentence and (ii) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of the preceding sentence is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of the Corporation's domicile e (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of the Corporation's domicile in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the preceding sentence and (ii) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

 

Section 16. ARBITRATION. Any disagreement, dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the interpretation of this Agreement or any arrangements relating to this Agreement or contemplated in this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof shall be settled by final and binding arbitration administered by the America Arbitration Association in Boca Raton, Florida in accordance with the then existing American Arbitration Association Rules and Procedures. In the event of such an arbitration proceeding, the Claiming Party and the Company shall select a mutually acceptable neutral arbitrator from among the American Arbitration Association panel of arbitrators. In the event the Claiming Party and the Company cannot agree on an arbitrator, the Administrator of American Arbitration Association will appoint an arbitrator. Neither the Claiming Party nor the Company nor the arbitrator shall disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of all parties. Except as provided herein, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the interpretation, enforcement and all proceedings. The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the State of Florida, or federal law, or both, as applicable, and the arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party and shall apply the standards governing such motions under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitrator shall render an award and a written, reasoned opinion in support thereof. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

Section 17. LITIGATION COSTS. To the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that (i) any current or prior stockholder or anyone on their behalf (“Claiming Party”) initiates or asserts any claim or counterclaim (“Claim”) or joins, offers substantial assistance to, or has a direct financial interest in any Claim against the Corporation and/or any Director, Officer, Employee or Affiliate, and (ii) the Claiming Party (or the third party that received substantial assistance from the Claiming Party or in whose Claim the Claiming Party had a direct financial interest) does not obtain a judgment on the merits that substantially achieves, in substance and amount, the full remedy sought, then each Claiming Party shall be obligated jointly and severally to reimburse the Corporation and any such Director, Officer, Employee or Affiliate, the greatest amount permitted by law of all fees, costs and expenses of every kind and description (including but not limited to, all reasonable attorney’s fees and other litigation expenses) (collectively, “Litigation Costs”) that the parties may incur in connection with such Claim.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that any Claiming Party initiates or asserts any Claim or joins, offers substantial assistance to, or has a direct financial interest in any Claim against any Corporation Parties, then, regardless whether the Claiming Party is successful on its Claim in whole or in part, (i) the Claiming Party shall bear its own Litigation Costs, and (ii) the Claiming Party and the Claiming Party’s attorneys shall not be entitled to recover any Litigation Costs or, in a derivative or class action, to receive any fees or expenses as the result of the creation of any common fund, or from a corporate benefit purportedly conferred upon the Corporation.”

 

Section 18. SEVERABILITY.  If any provision (or any part thereof) of these By-Laws shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of these By-Laws (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of these By-Laws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of these By-Laws (including, without limitation, each such portion containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law so as to (a) give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, and (b) permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service.  Reference herein to laws, regulations or agencies shall be deemed to include all amendments thereof, substitutions therefor and successors thereto, as the case may be.

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed under the direction of, its board of directors, except as otherwise provided in the General Corporation Law of New Jersey or the articles of incorporation.

 

Section 2. NUMBER, QUALIFICATIONS AND TENURE. The number of directors of the corporation maybe fixed from time to time by the board of directors, within a range of no less than one or more than fifteen, but no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. A director shall be a natural person who is eighteen years of age or older. A director need not be a resident of New Jersey or a shareholder of the corporation.

 

Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders following his election and thereafter until his successor shall have been elected and qualified. Directors shall be removed in the manner provided by the General Corporation Law of New Jersey. Any director may be removed by the shareholders of the voting group that elected the director, with cause, at a meeting called for that purpose. The notice of the meeting shall state that the purpose or one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director. A director may be removed only if the number of votes cast in favor of removal exceeds the number of votes cast against removal.

 

Section 3. VACANCIES. Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time the notice is received by the secretary unless the notice specifies a later effective date. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the corporation's acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose or by the board of directors. If the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum of the board, the directors may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office. If elected by the directors, the director shall hold office until the next annual shareholders' meeting at which directors are elected. If elected by the shareholders, the director shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office; except that, if the director's predecessor was elected by the directors to fill a vacancy, the director elected by the shareholders shall hold office for the unexpired term of the last predecessor elected by the shareholders.

 

Section 4. REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders. The board of directors may provide by resolution the time and place, either within or outside New Jersey, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice.

 

Section 5. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any one of the directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or outside New Jersey, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.

 

Section 6. NOTICE. Notice of the date, time and place of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least two days prior to the meeting by written notice either personally delivered or mailed to each director at his business address, or by notice transmitted by private courier, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given and to be effective when deposited in the United States mail, properly addressed, with first class postage prepaid. If notice is given by electronically transmitted facsimile or other similar form of wire or wireless communication, such notice shall be deemed to be given and to be effective when sent. If a director has designated in writing one or more reasonable addresses or facsimile numbers for delivery of notice to him, notice sent by mail, electronically transmitted facsimile or other form of wire or wireless communication shall not be deemed to have been given or to be effective unless sent to such addresses or facsimile numbers, as the case may be.

 

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

A director may waive notice of a meeting before or after the time and date of the meeting by a writing signed by such director. Such waiver shall be delivered to the secretary for filing with the corporate records, but such delivery and filing shall not be conditions to the effectiveness of the waiver. Further, a director's attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to him of the meeting unless at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his later arrival, the director objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting because of lack of notice or defective notice and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

Section 7. QUORUM. A majority of the number of directors fixed by the board of directors pursuant to Article III, Section 2 or, if no number is fixed, a majority of the number in office immediately before the meeting begins, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors.

 

Section 8. MANNER OF ACTING. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors.

 

Section 9. COMPENSATION. By resolution of the board of directors, any director may be paid anyone or more of the following: his expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings, a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting, a stated salary as director, or such other compensation as the corporation and the director may reasonably agree upon. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 10. PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors or committee of the board at which action on any corporate matter taken shall be presumed to have assented to all action taken at the meeting unless (i) the director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon his arrival, to the holding of the meeting or the transaction of business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting, (ii) the director contemporaneously requests that his dissent or abstention as to any specific action taken be entered in the minutes of the meeting, (iii) the director causes written notice of his dissent or abstention as to any specific action to be received by the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or by the secretary promptly after the adjournment of the meeting. A director may dissent to a specific action at a meeting, while assenting to others. The right to dissent to a specific action taken at a meeting of the board of directors or a committee of the board shall not be available to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

Section 11. COMMITTEES. By resolution adopted by a majority of all the directors in office when the action is taken, the board of directors may designate from among its members an executive committee and one or more other committees, and appoint one or more members of the board of directors to serve on them. To the extent provided in the resolution.

 

Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 12 of Article III, which govern meetings, notice, waiver of notice, quorum, voting requirements and action without a meeting of the board of directors, shall apply to committees and their members appointed under this Section 11.

 

Neither the designation of any such committee, the delegation of authority to such committee, nor any action by such committee pursuant to its authority shall alone constitute compliance by any member of the board of directors or a member of the committee in question with his responsibility to conform to the standard of care set forth in Article III, Section 14 of these bylaws.

 

Section 12. INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the directors or any committee designated by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent (or counterparts thereof) that sets forth the action so taken is signed by all of the directors entitled to vote with respect to the action taken. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors or committee members and may be stated as such in any document. Unless the consent specifies a different effective time or date, action taken under this Section 12 is effective at the time or date the last director signs a writing describing the action taken, unless, before such time, any director has revoked his consent by a writing signed by the director and received by the president or the secretary of the corporation.

 

Section 13. TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. The board of directors may permit any director (or any member of a committee designated by the board) to participate in a regular or special meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof through the use of any means of communication by which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other during the meeting. A director participating in a meeting in this manner is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

 

 

 

  9  
 

 

Section 14. STANDARD OF CARE. A director shall perform his duties as a director, including without limitation his duties as a member of any committee of the board, in good faith, in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation, and with the care an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would exercise under similar circumstances. In performing his duties, a director shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports or statements, including financial statements and other financial data, in each case prepared or presented by the persons herein designated. However, he shall not be considered to be acting in good faith if he has knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted. A director shall not be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for any action he takes or omits to take as a director if, in connection with such action or omission, he performs his duties in compliance with this Section 14.

 

The designated persons on whom a director is entitled to rely are (i) one or more officers or employees of the corporation whom the director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, (ii) legal counsel, public accountant, or other person as to matters which the director reasonably believes to be within such person's professional or expert competence, or (iii) a committee designated by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent (or counterparts thereof) that sets forth the action so taken is signed by all of the directors entitled to vote with respect to the action taken. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the directors or committee members and may be stated as such in any document. Unless the consent specifies a different effective time or date, action taken under this Section 12 is effective at the time or date the last director signs a writing describing the action taken, unless, before such time, any director has revoked his consent by a writing signed by the director and received by the president or the secretary of the corporation.

 

The designated persons on whom a director is entitled to rely are (i) one or more officers or employees of the corporation whom the director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, (ii) legal counsel, public accountant, or other person as to matters which the director reasonably believes to be within such person's professional or expert competence, or (iii) a committee of the board of directors on which the director desires to serve if the director reasonably believes the committee merits confidence.

 

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

Section 1. GENERAL. The officers of the corporation chief executive officer and/or president, a secretary and a treasurer and may also include one or more vice presidents, each officer shall be appointed by the board of directors and natural person eighteen years of age or older. One person more than one office. The board of directors or an officer or authorized by the board may appoint such other officers, officers, committees and agents, including a chairman of assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, as they may consider necessary. Except as expressly prescribed by these bylaws, of directors or the officer or officers authorized by the board from time to time determine the procedure for the officers, their authority and duties and their compensation, that the board of directors may change the authority, duties compensation of any officer who is not appointed by the board.

 

Section 2. APPOINTMENT AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the corporation to be appointed by the board of directors shall be appointed at each annual meeting of the board held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the appointment of officers is not made at such meeting or if an officer or officers are to be appointed by another officer or officers of the corporation, such appointments shall be made as determined by the board of directors or the appointing person or persons. Each officer shall hold office until the first of the following occurs: his successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified, his death, his resignation, or his removal in the manner provided in Section 3.

 

Section 3. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL. An officer may resign at any time by giving written notice of resignation to the president, secretary or other person who appoints such officer. The resignation is effective when the notice is received by the corporation unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

 

 

 

 

  10  
 

 

Any officer or agent may be removed at any time with or without cause by the board of directors or an officer or officers authorized by the board. Such removal does not affect the contract rights, if any, of the corporation or of the person so removed. The appointment of an officer or agent shall not in itself create contract rights.

 

Section 4. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office, however occurring, may be filled by the board of directors, or by the officer or officers authorized by the board, for the unexpired portion of the officer's term. If an officer resigns and his resignation is made effective at a later date, the board of directors, or officer or officers authorized by the board, may permit the officer to remain in office until the effective date and may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the board of directors or officer or officers authorized by the board provide that the successor shall not take office until the effective date. In the alternative, the board of directors, or officer or officers authorized by the board of directors, may remove the officer at any time before the effective date and may fill the resulting vacancy.

 

Section 5. PRESIDENT. The president shall preside at all meetings of shareholders and all meetings of the board of directors unless the board of directors has appointed a chairman, vice chairman, or other officer of the board and has authorized such person to preside at meetings of the board of directors. Subject to the direction and supervision of the board of directors, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, and shall have general and active control of its affairs and business and general supervision of its officers, agents and employees. Unless otherwise directed by the board of directors, the president shall attend in person or by substitute appointed by him, or shall execute on behalf of the corporation written instruments appointing a proxy or proxies to represent the corporation, at all meetings of the shareholders of any other corporation in which the corporation holds any shares. On behalf of the corporation, the president may in person or by substitute or by proxy execute written waivers of notice and consents with respect to any such meetings. At all such meetings and otherwise, the president, in person or by substitute or proxy, may vote the shares held by the corporation, execute written consents and other instruments with respect to such shares, and exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of said shares, subject to the instructions, if any, of the board of directors. The president shall have custody of the treasurer's bond, if any. The president shall have such additional authority and duties as are appropriate and customary for the office of president and chief executive officer, except as the same may be expanded or limited by the board of directors from time to time.

 

Section 6. VICE PRESIDENTS. The vice presidents shall assist the president and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the president or by the board of directors. In the absence of the president, the vice president, if any (or, if more than one, the vice presidents in the order designated by the board of directors, or if the board makes no such designation, then the vice president designated by the president, or if neither the board nor the president makes any such designation, the senior vice president as determined by first election to that office), shall have the powers and perform the duties of the president.

 

Section 7. SECRETARY. The secretary shall (i) prepare and maintain as permanent records the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders and the board of directors, a record of all actions taken by the shareholders or board of directors without a meeting, a record of all actions taken by a committee of the board of directors in place of the board of directors on behalf of the corporation, and a record of all waivers of notice of meetings of shareholders and of the board of directors or any committee thereof, (ii) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and as required by law, (iii) serve as custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation and affix the seal to all documents when authorized by the board of directors, (iv) keep at the corporation's registered office or principal place of business a record containing the names and addresses of all shareholders in a form that permits preparation of a list of shareholders arranged by voting group and by class or series of shares within each voting group, that is alphabetical within each class or series and that shows the address of, and the number of shares of each class or series held by, each shareholder, unless such a record shall be kept at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or registrar, (v) maintain at the corporation's principal office the originals or copies of the corporation's articles Of incorporation, bylaws, minutes of all shareholders' meetings and records of all action taken by shareholders without a meeting for the past three years, all written communications within the past three years to shareholders as a group or to the holders of any class or series of shares as a group, a list of the names and business addresses of the current directors and officers, a copy of the corporation’s most recent corporate report filed with the Secretary of State, and financial statements showing in reasonable detail the corporation’s assets and liabilities and results of operations for the last three years, (vi) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation, unless the corporation has a transfer agent, (vii) authenticate records of the corporation, and (viii) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the president or by the board of directors. Assistant secretaries, if any, shall have the same duties and powers, subject to supervision by the secretary. The directors and/or shareholders may however respectively designate a person other than the secretary or assistant secretary to keep the minutes of their respective meetings.

 

 

 

 

  11  
 

 

Any books, records, or minutes of the corporation may be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time:

 

Section 8. TREASURER. The treasurer shall be the principal financial officer of the corporation, shall have the care and custody of all funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other personal property of the corporation and shall deposit the same in accordance with the instructions of the board of directors. Subject to the limits imposed by the board of directors, he shall receive and give receipts and acquaintances for money paid in on account of the corporation, and shall payout of the corporation's funds on hand all bills, payrolls and other just debts of the corporation of whatever nature upon maturity. He shall perform all other duties incident to the office of the treasurer and, upon request of the board, shall make such reports to it as may be required at any time. He shall, if required by the board, give the corporation a bond in such sums and with such 'sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his duties and for the restoration to the corporation of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation. He shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the board of directors or the president. The assistant treasurers, if any, shall have the same powers and duties, subject to the supervision of the treasurer.

 

The treasurer shall also be the principal accounting officer of the corporation. He shall prescribe and maintain the methods and systems of accounting to be followed, keep complete books and records of account as required by the General Corporation Law of New Jersey, prepare and file all local, state and federal tax: returns, prescribe and maintain an adequate system of internal audit and prepare and furnish to the president and the board of directors statements of account showing the financial position of the corporation and the results of its operations.

 

 

ARTICLE V

SHARES

 

Section 1. CERTIFICATES. The board of directors shall be authorized to issue any of its classes of shares with or without certificates. The fact that the shares are not represented by certificates shall have no effect on the rights and obligations of shareholders. If the shares are represented by certificates, such shares shall be represented by consecutively numbered certificates signed, either manually or by facsimile, in the name of the corporation by the president. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, such certificate may nonetheless be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of its issue. All certificates shall be consecutively numbered, and the names of the owners, the number of shares, and the date of issue shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Each certificate representing shares shall state upon its face:

 

(i) That the corporation is organized under the laws of New Jersey;

 

(ii) The name of the person to whom issued;

 

(iii) The number and class of the shares and the designation of the series, if any, that the certificate represents;

 

(iv) The par value, if any, of each share represented by the certificate;

 

(v) Any restrictions imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of the shares represented by the certificate.

 

If shares are not represented by certificates, within a reasonable time following the issue or transfer of such shares, the corporation shall send the shareholder a complete written statement of all of the information required to be provided to holders of uncertificated shares by the General Corporation Law of New Jersey.

 

Section 2. CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES. Certificated or uncertificated shares shall not be issued until the shares represented thereby are fully paid. The board of directors may authorize the issuance of shares for consideration consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services performed or other securities of the corporation. Future services shall not constitute payment or partial payment for shares of the corporation. The promissory note of a subscriber or an affiliate of a subscriber shall not constitute payment or partial payment for shares of the corporation unless the note is negotiable and is secured by collateral, other than the shares being purchased, having a fair market value at least equal to the principal amount of the note. For purposes of this Section 2, "promissory note" means a negotiable instrument on which there is an obligation to pay independent of collateral and does not include a non-recourse note.

 

 

 

 

  12  
 

 

Section 3. LOST CERTIFICATES. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, the board of directors may direct the issuance of a new certificate in lieu thereof upon such terms and conditions in conformity with law as the board may prescribe. The board of directors may in its discretion require an affidavit of lost certificate and/or a bond in such form and amount and with such surety as it may determine before issuing a new certificate.

 

Section 4. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Upon surrender to the corporation or to a transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate of stock duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, and receipt of such documentary stamps as may be required by law and evidence of compliance with all applicable securities laws and other restrictions, the corporation shall issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, and cancel the old certificate. Every such transfer of stock shall be entered on the stock books of the corporation that shall be kept at its principal office or by the person and at the place designated by the board of directors.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided in Article II, Sections 7 and 11, and except for the assertion of dissenters' rights to the extent provided in the New Jersey General Corporation Law, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any shares of the corporation as the owner thereof for all purposes, and the corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such shares or rights deriving from such shares on the part of any person other than the registered holder, including without limitation any purchaser, assignee or transferee of such shares or rights deriving from such shares, unless and until such other person becomes the registered holder of such shares, whether or not the corporation shall have either actual or constructive notice of the claimed interest of such other person.

 

Section 5. TRANSFER AGENT, REGISTRARS AND PAYING AGENTS. The board may at its discretion appoint one or more transfer agents, registrars and agents for making payment upon any class of stock, bond, debenture or other security of the corporation. Such agents and registrars may be located either within or outside New Jersey. They shall have such rights and duties and shall be entitled to such compensation as may be agreed.

 

 

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF CERTAIN PERSONS

 

Section 1. INDEMNIFICATION. For purposes of Article VI, a "Proper Person" means any person (including the estate or personal representative of a director) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of any foreign or domestic profit or nonprofit corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, profit or nonprofit unincorporated association, limited liability company, or other enterprise or employee benefit plan. The corporation shall indemnify any Proper Person against reasonably incurred expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, penalties, fines (including any excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan) and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if it is determined by the groups set forth in Section 4 of this Article that he conducted himself in good faith and that he reasonably believed (i) in the case of conduct in his official capacity with the corporation, that his conduct was in the corporation’s best interests, or (ii) in all other cases (except criminal cases), that his conduct was at least not opposed to the corporation's best interests, or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, that he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Official capacity means, when used with respect to a director, the office of director and, when used with respect to any other Proper Person, the office in a corporation held by the officer or the employment, fiduciary or agency relationship undertaken by the employee, fiduciary, or agent on behalf of the corporation. Official capacity does not include service for any other domestic or foreign corporation or other person or employee benefit plan.

 

A director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in or beneficiaries of the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirement in (ii) of this Section 1. A director's conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose that the director did not reasonably believe to be in the interests of the participants in or beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed not to satisfy the requirement of this section that he conduct himself in good faith.

 

No indemnification shall be made under this Article VI to a Proper Person with respect to any claim, issue or matter in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of a corporation in which the Proper Person was adjudged liable to the corporation or in connection with any proceeding charging that the Proper Person derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in an official capacity, in which he was adjudged liable on the basis that he derived an improper personal benefit. Further, indemnification under this section in connection with a proceeding brought by or in the right of the corporation shall be limited to reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with the proceeding.

 

 

 

 

  13  
 

 

Section 2. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. The corporation shall indemnify any Proper Person who was wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit, or proceeding as to which he was entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this Article VI against expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by him in connection with the proceeding without the necessity of any action by the corporation other than the determination in good faith that the defense has been wholly successful.

 

Section 3. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF ACTION. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not of itself create a presumption that the person seeking indemnification did not meet the standards of conduct described in Section 1 of this Article VI. Entry of a judgment by consent as part of a settlement shall not be deemed an adjudication of liability, as described in Section 2 of this Article VI.

 

Section 4. GROUPS AUTHORIZED TO MAKE INDEMNIFICAATION DETERMINATION. Except where there is a right to indemnification as set forth in Sections 1 or 2 of this Article or where indemnification is ordered by a court in Section 5, any indemnification shall be made by the corporation only as determined in the specific case by a proper group that indemnification of the Proper Person is permissible under the circumstances because he has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 of this Article. This determination shall be made by the board of directors by a majority vote of those present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, which quorum shall consist of directors not parties to the proceeding ("Quorum"). If a Quorum cannot be obtained, the determination shall be made by a majority vote of a committee of the board of directors designated by the board, which committee shall consist of two or more directors not parties to the proceeding, except that directors who are parties to the proceeding may participate in the designation of directors for the committee. If a Quorum of the board of directors cannot be obtained and the committee cannot be established, or even if a Quorum is obtained or the committee is designated and a majority of the directors constituting such Quorum or committee so directs, the determination shall be made by (i) independent legal counsel selected by a vote of the board of directors or the committee in the manner specified in this Section 4 or, if a Quorum of the full board of directors cannot be obtained and a committee cannot be established, by independent legal counsel selected by a majority vote of the full board (including directors who are parties to the action) or (ii) a vote of the shareholders. Authorization of indemnification and advance of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification or advance of expenses is permissible except that, if the determination that indemnification or advance of expenses is permissible is made by independent legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and advance of expenses shall be made by the body that selected such counsel.

 

Section 5. COURT-ORDERED INDEMNIFICATION. Any Proper Person may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction for mandatory indemnification under Section 2 of this Article, including indemnification for reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification. If a court determines that the Proper Person is entitled to indemnification under Section 2 of this Article, the court shall order indemnification, including the Proper Person's reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification. If the court determines that such Proper Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not he met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 1 of this Article or was adjudged liable in the proceeding, the court may order such indemnification as the court deems proper except that if the Proper Person has been adjudged liable, indemnification shall be limited to reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding and reasonable expenses incurred to obtain court-ordered indemnification.

 

Section 6. ADVANCE OF EXPENSES. Reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in defending an action, suit or proceeding as described in Section 1 may be paid by the corporation to any Proper Person in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of (D a written affirmation of such Proper Person's good faith belief that he has met the standards of conduct prescribed by Section 1 of this Article VI, (ii) a written undertaking, executed personally or on the Proper Person's behalf, to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that he did not meet the prescribed standards of conduct (the undertaking shall be an unlimited general obligation of the Proper Person but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment), and (iii) a determination is made by the proper group (as described in Section 4 of this Article VI) that the facts as then known to the group would not preclude indemnification. Determination and authorization of payments shall be made in the same manner specified in Section 4 of this Article VI.

 

Section 7. ADDITIONAL INDEMNIFICATION TO CERTAIN PERSONS OTHER THAN DIRECTORS. In addition to the indemnification provided to officers, employees, fiduciaries or agents because of their status as Proper Persons under this Article, the corporation may also indemnify and advance expenses to them if they are not directors of the corporation to a greater extent than is provided in these bylaws, if not inconsistent with public policy, and if provided for by general or specific action of its board of directors or shareholders or by contract.

 

 

 

  14  
 

 

Section 8. WITNESS EXPENSES. The sections of this Article VI do not limit the corporation's authority to payer reimburse expenses incurred by a director in connection with an appearance as a witness in a proceeding at a time when he has not been made or named as a defendant or respondent in the proceeding.

 

Section 9. REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS. Any indemnification of or advance of expenses to a director in accordance with this Article VI, if arising out of a proceeding by or on behalf of the corporation, shall be reported in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice of the next shareholders' meeting. If the next shareholder action is taken without a meeting at the instigation of the board of directors, such notice shall be given to the shareholders at or before the time the first shareholder signs a writing consenting to such action.

 

 

ARTICLE VII

INSURANCE

 

Section 1. PROVISION OF INSURANCE. By action of the board of directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in the action, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, in such scope and amounts as the board of directors deems appropriate, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, or who, while a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent of any other foreign or domestic profit or nonprofit corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, profit or non-profit unincorporated association, limited liability company, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against, or incurred by, him in that capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of Article VI or applicable law. Any such insurance may be procured from any insurance company designated by the board of directors of the corporation, whether such insurance company is formed under the laws of New Jersey or any other jurisdiction of the United States or elsewhere, including any insurance company in which the corporation has an equity interest or any other interest, through share ownership or otherwise.

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1. SEAL. The board of directors may adopt a corporate seal, which shall contain the name of the corporation and the words, "Seal, New Jersey."

 

Section 2. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as established by the board of directors.

 

Section 3. AMENDMENTS. The board of directors shall have power, to the maximum extent permitted by the New Jersey General Corporation Law, to make, amend and repeal the bylaws of the corporation at any regular or special meeting of the board unless the shareholders, in making, amending or repealing a particular bylaw, expressly provide that the directors may not amend or repeal such bylaw. The shareholders also shall have the power to make, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation at any annual meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose.

 

Section 4. RECEIPT OF NOTICES BY THE CORPORATION. Notices, shareholder writings consenting to action, and other documents or writings shall be deemed to have been received by the corporation when they are actually received: (1) at the registered office of the corporation in New Jersey; (2) at the principal office of the corporation (as that office is designated in the most recent document filed by the corporation with the secretary of state for New Jersey designating a principal office) addressed to the attention of the secretary of the corporation; (3) by the secretary of the corporation wherever the secretary may be found; or (4) by any other person authorized from time to time by the board of directors or the president to receive such writings, wherever such person is found.

 

Section 5. GENDER. The masculine gender is used in these bylaws as a matter of convenience only and shall be interpreted to include the feminine and neuter genders as the circumstances indicate.

 

Section 6. CONFLICTS. In the event of any irreconcilable conflict between these bylaws and either the corporation's articles of incorporation or applicable law, the latter shall control.

 

Section 7. DEFINITIONS. Except as otherwise specifically provided in these bylaws, all terms used in these bylaws shall have the same definition as in the General Corporation Law of New Jersey.

 

 

 

  15  

Exhibit 4.1

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INVESTMENT INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. THIS INVESTMENT IS SUITABLE ONLY FOR PERSONS WHO CAN BEAR THE ECONOMIC RISK FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME AND WHO CAN AFFORD TO LOSE THEIR ENTIRE INVESTMENT. FURTHERMORE, INVESTORS MUST UNDERSTAND THAT SUCH INVESTMENT IS ILLIQUID AND IS EXPECTED TO CONTINUE TO BE ILLIQUID FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. NO PUBLIC MARKET EXISTS FOR THE SECURITIES, AND NO PUBLIC MARKET IS EXPECTED TO DEVELOP FOLLOWING THIS OFFERING.

 

THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS AND ARE BEING OFFERED AND SOLD IN RELIANCE ON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS. ALTHOUGH AN OFFERING STATEMENT HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”), THAT OFFERING STATEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE SAME INFORMATION THAT WOULD BE INCLUDED IN A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT. THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AUTHORITY, NOR HAVE ANY OF THE FOREGOING AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING OR THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS OR INFORMATION MADE AVAILABLE TO SUBSCRIBER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING THROUGH THE WEBSITE MAINTAINED BY THE COMPANY OR THROUGH WEALTHFORGE SECURITIES, LLC (THE “BROKER”). ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.

 

INVESTORS WHO ARE NOT “ACCREDITED INVESTORS” (AS THAT TERM IS DEFINED IN SECTION 501 OF REGULATION D PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT) ARE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS ON THE AMOUNT THEY MAY INVEST, AS SET OUT IN SECTION 4. THE COMPANY IS RELYING ON THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH BY EACH SUBSCRIBER IN THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER INFORMATION PROVIDED BY SUBSCRIBER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING TO DETERMINE THE APPLICABILITY TO THIS OFFERING OF EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT.

 

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS MAY NOT TREAT THE CONTENTS OF THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT, THE OFFERING CIRCULAR OR ANY OF THE OTHER MATERIALS RELATING TO THE OFFERING AND PRESENTED TO INVESTORS ON THE COMPANY’S WEBSITE OR PROVIDED BY THE BROKER (COLLECTIVELY, THE “OFFERING MATERIALS”) OR ANY PRIOR OR SUBSEQUENT COMMUNICATIONS FROM THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS (INCLUDING “TESTING THE WATERS” MATERIALS) AS INVESTMENT, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. IN MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION, INVESTORS MUST RELY ON THEIR OWN EXAMINATION OF THE COMPANY AND THE TERMS OF THIS OFFERING, INCLUDING THE MERITS AND THE RISKS INVOLVED. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT THE INVESTOR’S OWN COUNSEL, ACCOUNTANT AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL ADVISOR AS TO INVESTMENT, LEGAL, TAX AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS CONCERNING THE INVESTOR’S PROPOSED INVESTMENT.

 

THE OFFERING MATERIALS MAY CONTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION RELATING TO, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE COMPANY, ITS BUSINESS PLAN AND STRATEGY, AND ITS INDUSTRY. THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE BELIEFS OF, ASSUMPTIONS MADE BY, AND INFORMATION CURRENTLY AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT. WHEN USED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS, THE WORDS “ESTIMATE,” “PROJECT,” “BELIEVE,” “ANTICIPATE,” “INTEND,” “EXPECT” AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH CONSTITUTE FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE STATEMENTS REFLECT MANAGEMENT’S CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT TO FUTURE EVENTS AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE THE COMPANY’S ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE CONTAINED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH SPEAK ONLY AS OF THE DATE ON WHICH THEY ARE MADE. THE COMPANY DOES NOT UNDERTAKE ANY OBLIGATION TO REVISE OR UPDATE THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS TO REFLECT EVENTS OR CIRCUMSTANCES AFTER SUCH DATE OR TO REFLECT THE OCCURRENCE OF UNANTICIPATED EVENTS.

 

THE COMPANY MAY NOT BE OFFERING THE SECURITIES IN EVERY STATE. THE OFFERING MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE SECURITIES ARE NOT BEING OFFERED.

 

 

 

  1  

 

 

THE INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS WAS PREPARED BY THE COMPANY SOLELY FOR THE USE BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING. NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE MADE AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN ANY OFFERING MATERIALS, AND NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE OFFERING MATERIALS IS OR SHOULD BE RELIED UPON AS A PROMISE OR REPRESENTATION AS TO THE FUTURE PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY.

 

THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER TO MODIFY, AMEND AND/OR WITHDRAW ALL OR A PORTION OF THE OFFERING AND/OR ACCEPT OR REJECT IN WHOLE OR IN PART ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES OR TO ALLOT TO ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR LESS THAN THE AMOUNT OF SECURITIES SUCH INVESTOR DESIRES TO PURCHASE. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE OFFERING MATERIALS SPEAK AS OF THEIR DATE. NEITHER THE DELIVERY NOR THE PURCHASE OF THE SECURITIES SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THAT DATE.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2  

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

1. Subscription.

 

(a) The undersigned (“Subscriber”) hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase Common Stock (the “Securities”), of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “Company”), at a purchase price of $0.005 per share of Common Stock (the “Per Security Price”), upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

(b) Subscriber understands that the Securities are being offered pursuant to an offering circular (the “Offering Circular”) filed with the SEC as part of the Offering Statement. By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber has received this Subscription Agreement, copies of the Offering Circular and Offering Statement, including exhibits thereto, and any other information required by the Subscriber to make an investment decision.

 

(c) The Subscriber’s subscription may be accepted or rejected in whole or in part, at any time prior to a Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), by the Company at its sole discretion. In addition, the Company, at its sole discretion, may allocate to Subscriber only a portion of the number of Securities Subscriber has subscribed for. The Company will notify Subscriber whether this subscription is accepted (whether in whole or in part) or rejected. If Subscriber’s subscription is rejected, Subscriber’s payment (or portion thereof if partially rejected) will be returned to Subscriber without interest and all of Subscriber’s obligations hereunder shall terminate.

 

(d) The aggregate number of Securities sold shall not exceed 1,000,000,000 shares (the “Maximum Offering”). The Company may accept subscriptions until the termination date given in the Offering Circular, unless otherwise extended by the Company in its sole discretion in accordance with applicable SEC regulations for such other period required to sell the Maximum Offering (the “Termination Date”). The Company may elect at any time to close all or any portion of this offering, on various dates at or prior to the Termination Date (each a “Closing Date”).

 

(e) In the event of rejection of this subscription in its entirety, or in the event the sale of the Securities (or any portion thereof) is not consummated for any reason, this Subscription Agreement shall have no force or effect, except for Section 5 hereof, which shall remain in force and effect.

 

2. Purchase Procedure.

 

(a) Payment. The purchase price for the Securities shall be paid simultaneously with the execution and delivery to the Company of the signature page of this Subscription Agreement. Subscriber shall deliver a signed copy of this Subscription Agreement (which may be executed and delivered electronically), along with payment for the aggregate purchase price of the Securities by ACH electronic transfer or wire transfer to an account designated by the Company, or by any combination of such methods.

 

(b) No Escrow. The proceeds of this offering will not be placed into an escrow account. As there is no minimum offering, upon the approval of any subscription to this Offering Circular, the Company shall immediately deposit said proceeds into the bank account of the Company and may dispose of the proceeds in accordance with the Use of Proceeds.

 

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

 

The Company represents and warrants to Subscriber that the following representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of the date of each Closing Date, except as otherwise indicated. For purposes of this Agreement, an individual shall be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if such individual is actually aware of such fact. The Company will be deemed to have “knowledge” of a particular fact or other matter if one of the Company’s current officers has, or at any time had, actual knowledge of such fact or other matter.

 

(a) Organization and Standing. The Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey. The Company has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement and any other agreements or instruments required hereunder. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.

 

 

 

  3  

 

 

(b) Issuance of the Securities. The issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities in accordance with this Subscription Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. The Securities, when so issued, sold and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the provisions of this Subscription Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(c) Authority for Agreement. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Subscription Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including the issuance, sale and delivery of the Securities) are within the Company’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. Upon full execution hereof, this Subscription Agreement shall constitute a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies and (iii) with respect to provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, as limited by considerations of public policy and by federal or state securities laws.

 

(d) No filings. Assuming the accuracy of the Subscriber’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 hereof, no order, license, consent, authorization or approval of, or exemption by, or action by or in respect of, or notice to, or filing or registration with, any governmental body, agency or official is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Subscription Agreement except (i) for such filings as may be required under Regulation A or under any applicable state securities laws, (ii) for such other filings and approvals as have been made or obtained, or (iii) where the failure to obtain any such order, license, consent, authorization, approval or exemption or give any such notice or make any filing or registration would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Capitalization. The authorized and outstanding securities of the Company immediately prior to the initial investment in the Securities is as set forth in “Securities Being Offered” in the Offering Circular. Except as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal), or agreements of any kind (oral or written) for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities.

 

(f) Financial statements. Complete copies of the Company’s financial statements consisting of the balance sheets of the Company given in the Offering Circular and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the two-year period then ended (the “Financial Statements”) have been made available to the Subscriber and appear in the Offering Circular. The Financial Statements are based on the books and records of the Company and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the respective dates they were prepared and the results of the operations and cash flows of the Company for the periods indicated.

 

(g) Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Securities as set forth in “Use of Proceeds to issuer” in the Offering Circular.

 

(h) Litigation. There is no pending action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, mediation, complaint, claim, charge or investigation before any court, arbitrator, mediator or governmental body, or to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened in writing (a) against the Company or (b) against any consultant, officer, manager, director or key employee of the Company arising out of his or her consulting, employment or board relationship with the Company or that could otherwise materially impact the Company.

 

4. Representations and Warranties of Subscriber. By executing this Subscription Agreement, Subscriber (and, if Subscriber is purchasing the Securities subscribed for hereby in a fiduciary capacity, the person or persons for whom Subscriber is so purchasing) represents and warrants, which representations and warranties are true and complete in all material respects as of such Subscriber’s respective Closing Date(s):

 

(a) Requisite Power and Authority. Such Subscriber has all necessary power and authority under all applicable provisions of law to execute and deliver this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder and to carry out their provisions. All action on Subscriber’s part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder have been or will be effectively taken prior to the Closing Date. Upon their execution and delivery, this Subscription Agreement and other agreements required hereunder will be valid and binding obligations of Subscriber, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights and (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies.

 

 

 

  4  

 

 

(b) Investment Representations. Subscriber understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Subscriber also understands that the Securities are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon Subscriber’s representations contained in this Subscription Agreement.

 

(c) Illiquidity and Continued Economic Risk. Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that there is a limited public market for the Securities and that there is no guarantee that a market for their resale will ever exist. Subscriber must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely and the Company has no obligation to list the Securities on any market or take any steps (including registration under the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) with respect to facilitating trading or resale of the Securities. Subscriber acknowledges that Subscriber is able to bear the economic risk of losing Subscriber’s entire investment in the Securities. Subscriber also understands that an investment in the Company involves significant risks and has taken full cognizance of and understands all of the risk factors relating to the purchase of Securities.

 

(d) Accredited Investor Status or Investment Limits. Subscriber represents that either:

 

(i) Subscriber is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. Subscriber represents and warrants that the information set forth in response to question (c) on the signature page hereto concerning Subscriber is true and correct; or

 

(ii) The purchase price set out in paragraph (b) of the signature page to this Subscription Agreement, together with any other amounts previously used to purchase Securities in this offering, does not exceed 10% of the greater of the Subscriber’s annual income or net worth.

 

Subscriber represents that to the extent it has any questions with respect to its status as an accredited investor, or the application of the investment limits, it has sought professional advice.

 

(e) Company Information. Subscriber understands that the Company is subject to all the risks that apply to early-stage companies, whether or not those risks are explicitly set out in the Offering Circular. Subscriber has had such opportunity as it deems necessary (which opportunity may have presented through online chat or commentary functions) to discuss the Company’s business, management and financial affairs with managers, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company’s operations and facilities. Subscriber has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment. Subscriber acknowledges that except as set forth herein, no representations or warranties have been made to Subscriber, or to Subscriber’s advisors or representative, by the Company or others with respect to the business or prospects of the Company or its financial condition.

 

(f) Valuation. The Subscriber acknowledges that the price of the Securities was set by the Company on the basis of the Company’s internal valuation and no warranties are made as to value. The Subscriber further acknowledges that future offerings of Securities may be made at lower valuations, with the result that the Subscriber’s investment will bear a lower valuation.

 

(g) Domicile. Subscriber maintains Subscriber’s domicile (and is not a transient or temporary resident) at the address shown on the signature page.

 

(h) No Brokerage Fees. There are no claims for brokerage commission, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Subscription Agreement or related documents based on any arrangement or agreement binding upon Subscriber.

 

(i) Issuer-Directed Offering; No Underwriter. Subscriber understands that the offering is being conducted by the Company directly (issuer-directed) and the Company has not engaged a selling agent such as an underwriter or placement agent.

 

(j) Foreign Investors. If Subscriber is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Subscriber hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Securities or any use of this Subscription Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Securities, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Securities. Subscriber’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Securities will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Subscriber’s jurisdiction.

 

 

 

  5  

 

 

5. Survival of Representations. The representations, warranties and covenants made by the Subscriber herein shall survive the Termination Date of this Agreement.

 

7. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Subscription Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

EACH OF THE SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION LOCATED WITHIN MARYLAND AND NO OTHER PLACE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH OF SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND HIMSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS AND HIS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT. EACH OF SUBSCRIBER AND THE COMPANY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN THE MANNER AND IN THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 8 AND THE SIGNATURE PAGE OF THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.

 

EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTY IN THE NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT THEREOF, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF SUCH PARTY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

8. Notices. Notice, requests, demands and other communications relating to this Subscription Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if and when (a) delivered personally, on the date of such delivery; or (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, in the third day after the posting thereof; or (c) emailed, telecopied or cabled, on the date of such delivery to the address of the respective parties as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

1 Bridge Plaza, 2nd Floor

Fort Lee, New Jersey, 07024

 

If to a Subscriber, to Subscriber’s address as shown on the signature page hereto

 

or to such other address as may be specified by written notice from time to time by the party entitled to receive such notice. Any notices, requests, demands or other communications by telecopy or cable shall be confirmed by letter given in accordance with (a) or (b) above.

 

9. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons or entity or entities may require.

 

(b) This Subscription Agreement is not transferable or assignable by Subscriber.

 

 

 

  6  

 

 

(c) The representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon Subscriber and its heirs, executors, administrators and successors and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

(d) None of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement may be waived, changed or terminated orally or otherwise, except as specifically set forth herein or except by a writing signed by the Company and Subscriber.

 

(e) In the event any part of this Subscription Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions are intended to be separable and binding with the same effect as if the void or unenforceable part were never the subject of agreement.

 

(f) The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of one or more of the provisions of this Subscription Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Subscription Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of this Subscription Agreement, including any such provision, in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

(g) This Subscription Agreement supersedes all prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(h) The terms and provisions of this Subscription Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer, and no provision hereof shall confer, third-party beneficiary rights upon any other person.

 

(i) The headings used in this Subscription Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

 

(j) This Subscription Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(k) If any recapitalization or other transaction affecting the stock of the Company is effected, then any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which is distributed with respect to the Securities shall be immediately subject to this Subscription Agreement, to the same extent that the Securities, immediately prior thereto, shall have been covered by this Subscription Agreement.

 

(l) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Subscription Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  7  

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

The undersigned, desiring to purchase Common Stock of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., by executing this signature page, hereby executes, adopts and agrees to all terms, conditions and representations of the Subscription Agreement.

 

(a)       The number of shares of Common Stock the undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes for is:

 

 

 

____________

 

(print number of Shares)

 

(b)       The aggregate purchase price (based on a purchase price of $0.005 per Share) for the Common Stock the undersigned hereby irrevocably subscribes for is:

 

 

$_____________

 

(print aggregate purchase price)

 

(c)       EITHER (i) The undersigned is an accredited investor (as that term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act because the undersigned meets the criteria set forth in the following paragraph(s) of Appendix A attached hereto:

 

OR (ii) The amount set forth in paragraph (b) above (together with any previous investments in the Securities pursuant to this offering) does not exceed 10% of the greater of the undersigned’s net worth or annual income.

 

 

 

______________

 

(print applicable number from Appendix A)

 

___________

 

(d)       The Securities being subscribed for will be owned by, and should be recorded on the Company’s books as held in the name of:    

 

 

___________________________________________

 

(print name of owner or joint owners)

 

 

 

 

If the Securities are to be purchased in joint names, both Subscribers must sign:

 

__________________________________

Signature

 

__________________________________

Name (Please Print)

 

__________________________________

 

Entity Name (if applicable)

 

__________________________________

Signatory title (if applicable)

 

__________________________________

Email address

 

__________________________________

Address

__________________________________

 

__________________________________

Telephone Number

 

__________________________________

Social Security Number/EIN

 

__________________________________

Date

 

 

___________________________________

Signature

 

___________________________________

Name (Please Print)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

___________________________________

Email address

 

___________________________________

Address

___________________________________

 

___________________________________

Telephone Number

 

___________________________________

Social Security Number

 

___________________________________

Date

 

* * * * *

This Subscription is accepted

on _____________, 2017

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

By:       ____________________________

 

            Name:

            Title:

 

 

 

 

 

  8  

 

 

APPENDIX A

 

An accredited investor includes the following categories of investor:

 

(1) Any bank as defined in section 3(a)(2) of the Act, or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Act whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; any broker or dealer registered pursuant to section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; any insurance company as defined in section 2(a)(13) of the Act; any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in section 2(a)(48) of that Act; any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958; any plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; any employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 if the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in section 3(21) of such act, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, or registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000 or, if a self-directed plan, with investment decisions made solely by persons that are accredited investors;

 

(2) Any private business development company as defined in section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

 

(3) Any organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, or partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

 

(4) Any director, executive officer, or general partner of the issuer of the securities being offered or sold, or any director, executive officer, or general partner of a general partner of that issuer;

 

(5) Any natural person whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person's spouse, exceeds $1,000,000.

 

(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section, for purposes of calculating net worth under this paragraph (a)(5):

 

(A) The person's primary residence shall not be included as an asset;

 

(B) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of sale of securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and

 

(C) Indebtedness that is secured by the person's primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the sale of securities shall be included as a liability;

 

(ii) Paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section will not apply to any calculation of a person's net worth made in connection with a purchase of securities in accordance with a right to purchase such securities, provided that:

 

(A) Such right was held by the person on July 20, 2010;

 

(B) The person qualified as an accredited investor on the basis of net worth at the time the person acquired such right; and

 

(C) The person held securities of the same issuer, other than such right, on July 20, 2010.

 

(6) Any natural person who had an individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with that person's spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of those years and has a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

 

(7) Any trust, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the securities offered, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in §230.506(b)(2)(ii); and

 

(8) Any entity in which all of the equity owners are accredited investors.

 

 

 

  A-1  

 

Exhibit 6.1

 

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

Plan Summary

 

______

 

 

The plan provides that an aggregate of up to 100,000,000 shares of the Company's Class A Common Stock may be optioned to officers and other key employees. The plan provides authority for a Stock Option Plan Committee to select the employees of the Company, and its subsidiaries, to whom incentive stock options will be granted. No person may be granted any option unless he agrees to remain an employee of the Company for at least two years. There are approximately three officers and directors of the Company plus other key employees eligible to receive options under the plan. All officers may participate in the plan.

 

Following the statutory requirements of new Code 422A, the plan provides that the Committee may establish the purchase price of the stock at the time the option is granted. However, the purchase price may not be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock. The aggregate fair market value of the stock for which any employee may be granted options in any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 plus any unused limit carried over (as defined in Plan 3(d)) to such year from any prior calendar year beginning on or after February 1, 2018.

 

The plan terminates ten years from its effective date. All new options to be granted are nontransferable. The Company is to receive no cash consideration for granting options under the plan. However, when an option is exercise, the holder is required to pay the option price, in cash or certified bank check, shares of the Company's Common Stock or in any combination of the above, for the number of shares of stock to be issued on exercise of the option unless the holder elects to receive cash or stock by exercise of stock appreciation rights.

 

Under the plan, a Stock Appreciation Right (SAR) permits the holder of an option to elect to receive cash or a lesser amount of stock without payment, upon exercise of an option. The amount of cash receivable is the difference between the option price stated in the option and the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the exercise. The lesser number of shares receivable is the number of shares which could be purchased with the cash receivable. An important distinction between the exercise of an incentive stock option and the exercise of a SAR is that, upon the exercise of an SAR, the option holder need not pay the option price in cash. The shares or cash received by an optionee upon exercising an SAR, however, are subject to tax under Section 83.

 

1. Purpose of the Plan

 

This Incentive Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the "Plan") for Prize Poker Tournaments (hereinafter called the "Company") is intended to advance the interests of the Company by providing officers and other key employees who have substantial responsibility for the direction and management of the Company with additional incentive to promote the success of the business, to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the Company, and to encourage them to remain in its employ. The above aims will be effectuated through the granting of certain stock options. It is intended that options issued under the Plan and designated by the Committee under Section 3(b) will qualify as Incentive Stock Options (hereinafter called "ISOs") under Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code and the terms of the Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with this intention.

 

2. Administration of the Plan

 

The Board of Directors shall appoint a Stock Option Plan Committee (hereinafter called the "Committee") which shall consist of not less than three (3) members, at least one of whom shall be a Director of the Company. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have plenary authority, in its discretion: (a) to determine the employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (from among the class of employees eligible under Section 3 to receive options under the Plan) to whom options shall be granted; (b) to determine the time or times at which options shall be granted; (c) to determine the option price of the shares subject to each option, which price shall not be less than the minimum specified in Section 5; (d) to determine (subject to Section 7) the time or times when each option shall become exercisable and the duration of the exercise period; and (e) to interpret the Plan and to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to it. The Board may from time to time appoint members of the Committee in substitution for members previously appointed and may fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee; provided, however, that at all times at least one member shall be a Director of the Company. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall deem advisable. All action of the Committee shall be taken by unanimous vote of its members. Any action may be taken by a written instrument signed by all the members of the Committee, and action so taken shall be fully as effective as if it had been taken by a unanimous vote of the members at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee may appoint a secretary to keep minutes of its meetings and shall make rules and regulations for the conduct of its business, as it shall deem advisable.

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

3. Eligibility and Limitations on Options Granted Under the Plan

 

(a) Options will be granted only to persons who are key employees of the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company who agree, in writing, to remain in the employ of, and render services to, the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company for a period of at least two (2) years from the date of the granting of the option. The term "key employees" shall include officers, directors, executives, and supervisory personnel, as well as other employees of the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company. The term “Subsidiary Corporation” shall, for the purposes of this Plan be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 425 (f) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

(b) At the time of the grant of each option under this Plan, the Committee shall determine whether such option is to be designated as an ISO. If an option is to be so designated as an ISO, then the provisions of Section 7(d) of this Plan shall be made applicable to such option. In addition, no option granted to any employee, who at the time of such grant, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, may be designated as an ISO, unless at the time of such grant, the option price is fixed at not less than 110 percent of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option, and exercise of such option is prohibited by its terms after the expiration of five (5) years from the date such is granted.

 

(c) The aggregate fair market value of the stock for which any employee may be granted options designated as ISOs in any calendar year (under this or any other stock option plan established by the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company) shall not exceed $100,000 plus any unused limit carryover (as defined in 3(d) hereof) to such year from any prior calendar year beginning on or after February 1, February .

 

(d) The unused limit carryover from any such calendar year shall be one-half of any excess of $100,000 over the aggregate fair market value of the stock for which an employee was granted options that qualify (whether from their issuance or as a result of subsequent amendment and election by the Company) as ISOs in any such calendar year (under this and all other stock option plans established by the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company). The unused limit for any calendar year shall be carried forward for three (3) years. ISOs granted in any year shall be applied against the current year limitation first and then against the remaining unused limit carryovers to such year in the order of the calendar year in which the carryovers arose.

 

4. Shares of Stock Subject to the Plan

 

There will be reserved for use upon the exercise or options to be granted from time to time under the Plan (subject to the provisions of Section 12) an aggregate of 100,000,000 shares of the Common Stock of the $0.00001 par value common stock (hereinafter called the "Common Stock") of the Company, which shares may be in whole or in part, as the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter called the "Board") shall from time to time determine, authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock or issued shares of the Common Stock which shall have been reacquired by the Company. Any shares subject to an option under the Plan, which option for any reason expires or is terminated unexercised as to such shares, may again be subject to an option under the Plan.

 

5. Option Price

 

The purchase price under each option issued shall be determined by the Committee at the time the option is granted, but in no event shall such purchase price be less than 100 percent of the fair market value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant.

 

The term "fair market value" shall be defined as either the average of the highest offer and lowest bid market price of said Common Stock on any public market if the stock of the Company is publicly traded, as of the date of the grant of the option, or, if there be no sales on such date, on the most recent date upon which such stock was traded, or if there is no market for the Common Stock of the Company, the book value of the Common Stock as of the end of the most recent preceding month as given on the books of the Company applying generally accepted accounting principles on a consistent basis giving effect to all accruals.

 

6. Dilutions or Other Agreement

 

In the event that additional shares of Common Stock are issued pursuant to a stock split or a stock dividend, the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by each outstanding option granted hereunder shall be increased proportionately with no increase in the total purchase price of the shares then so covered, and the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for the purpose of the Plan shall be increased by the same proportion. In the event that the shares of Common Stock of the Company from time to time issued and outstanding are reduced by a combination of shares, the number of shares of Common Stock then covered by each outstanding option granted hereunder shall be reduced proportionately with no reduction in the total price of the shares then so covered, and the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for the purposes of the Plan shall be reduced by the same proportion. In the event that the Company should transfer assets to another corporation and distribute the stock of such other corporation without the surrender of Common Stock of the Company, and if such distribution is not taxable as a dividend and no gain or loss is recognized by reason of Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, or some similar section, then the total purchase price of the shares covered by each outstanding option shall be reduced by an amount which bears the same ratio to the total purchase price then in effect as the market value of the stock distributed in respect of a share of the Common Stock of the Company, immediately following the distribution, bears to the aggregate of the market value at such time of a share of the Common Stock of the Company and the stock distributed in respect thereof. All such adjustments shall be made by the Committee, whose determination upon the same shall be final and binding upon the optionees. No fractional shares shall be issued, and any fractional shares resulting from the computations pursuant to this Section 6 shall be eliminated from the respective option. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or the issuance to stockholders of rights to subscribe for additional Common Stock or other securities.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

7. Period of Option and Certain Limitations on Right to Exercise

 

(a) All options issued under the Plan shall be for such period, as the Committee shall determine, but for not more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.

 

(b) The period of the option, once it is granted, may be reduced only as provided for in Section 9 in connection with the termination of employment or death of the optionee or in Section 7(c) in the case of less than satisfactory performance.

 

(c) Each option granted under this Plan shall become exercisable only after two (2) years continued employment of the optionee with the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company immediately following the date the option is granted. Any option designated as an ISO shall be exercisable in full, or as to any part thereof, at any time after the expiration of two (2) years following the date such option is granted, but only if the optionee chooses to exercise such option and to pay for such option in the manner set forth in Section 7(e) hereof (i.e., in cash or certified check or shares of the Company's Common Stock, or any combination of the foregoing in an amount equal to the full option price of the shares being purchased). Any option not designated as an ISO and any option designated as an ISO that the optionee chooses to exercise in any manner other than that permitted in the preceding sentence, shall be exercisable only to the extent of one-fifth of the total number of optioned shares after the expiration of two (2) years following the date the option is granted only to the extent of two-fifths of the total number of optioned shares after the expiration of three (3) years following the date the option is granted, only to the extent of three-fifths of the total number of optioned shares after the expiration of four (4) years following the date the option is granted, only to the extent of four-fifths of the total number of optioned shares after the expiration of five (5) years following the date the option is granted, and in full only after the expiration of six (6) years following the date the option is granted, such limitations being calculated, in the case of any resulting fraction, to the nearest lower number of shares.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) prescribe longer time periods and additional requirements with respect to the exercise of an option and (ii) terminate in whole or in part such portion of any option as has yet become exercisable at the time of termination if it determines that the optionee is not performing satisfactorily the duties to which he was assigned on the date the option was granted or duties of at least equal responsibility. No option may be exercised unless the optionee is at the time of such exercise in the employ of the Company or of a subsidiary corporation of the Company and shall have been continuously so employed since the grant of his option. Absence or leave approved by the management of the Company shall not be considered an interruption of employment for any purpose under the Plan.

 

(d) No option granted by the Committee as an ISO may be exercised while there is outstanding in the hands of the optionee any ISO (whether granted under this Plan or any other stock option plan established by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company) which was granted before the granting of the ISO hereunder sought to be exercised. For purposes of this Section 7(d), any ISO shall be treated as outstanding until exercised in full or expired.

 

(e) Subject to the alternative settlement methods set forth in Section 7(h) hereof, the exercise of any option shall also be contingent upon receipt by the Company of cash or certified check to its order, shares of the Company's Common Stock, or any combination of the foregoing in an amount equal to the full option price of the shares being purchased. For purposes of this paragraph, shares of the Company's Common Stock that are delivered in payment of the option price shall be valued at their fair market value determined under the method set forth in Section 5 of this Plan applied as of the date of the exercise of the option. However, in order to facilitate the accumulation of funds to enable employees to exercise their option, they will have the right, if they so elect, to direct the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company to withhold from their compensation regular amounts to be applied toward the exercise of the options. Funds credited to the stock option accounts will be under the control of the Company until applied to the payment of the option price at the direction of the employee or returned to the employee in the event the amount is not used for purchase of shares under option, and all funds received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used for any corporate purpose, and no interest shall be payable to a participant on account of any amount held. Such amounts may be withdrawn by the participant at any time, in whole or in part, for any purpose.

 

(f) No optionee or his legal representative or distributees, as the case may be, will be deemed to be a holder of any share subject to an option unless and until certificates for such shares are issued to him or them under the terms of the Plan. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued.

 

(g) In no event may an option be exercised after the expiration of its term.

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

(h) As an alternative to payment in full by the optionee for the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which an option is exercised, the Committee may provide alternative settlement methods as follows:

 

(i) The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the initial grant of any option, that the optionee may elect either of the alternative settlement methods set forth in subsection (ii) below.

 

(ii) The alternative settlement methods are for the optionee, upon exercise of the option, to receive from the Company:

 

(1) cash in an amount equal to the excess of the value of one share over the option price times the number of shares as to which the option is exercised; or

 

(2) the number of whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate value not greater than the cash amount calculated under Section 7(h)(ii)(1). For purposes of determining an alternative settlement, the value per share shall be the "Fair market value" determined under the method set forth in Section 5 hereof, applied as of the date of the exercise of the option, or such other price as the Committee shall determine to be the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise.

 

(i) An election of any of the alternative settlement methods provided for under Section 7 (h)(ii) shall be binding on the optionee, when made. The optionee may elect to what extent the alternative settlement method elected shall be paid in cash, in Common Stock, or partially in Common Stock, provided that the aggregate value of the payments shall not be greater than the cash amount calculated under Section 7 (h)(ii)(1). No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued, and the Committee shall determine whether cash shall be paid in lieu of such fractional share interest or whether such fractional share interest shall be eliminated.

 

(j) The alternative settlement methods provided above in Section 7(h)(ii) shall not be available unless the cash amount calculated thereunder shall be positive, i.e. when the value of one share shall exceed the option price per share.

 

(k) Exercise of an option in any manner, including an exercise involving an election of an alternative settlement method with respect to an option, shall result in a decrease in the manner of shares of Common Stock which thereafter may be available under the Plan by the number of shares as to which the option is exercised.

 

(1) To the extent that the exercise of options by one of the alternative settlement methods provided for in Section (h)(ii) results in compensation income to the optionee, the Company will withhold from the amount due to the optionee utilizing such alternative settlement method, an appropriate amount for federal, state and local taxes.

 

8. Assignability

 

Each option granted under this Plan shall be transferable only by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable, during his lifetime, only by the employee to whom the option is granted. Except as permitted by the preceding sentence, no option granted under the Plan or any of the rights and privileges thereby conferred shall be transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise), and no such option, right, or privilege shall be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process. Upon any attempt to so transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of the option, or of the right or privilege conferred thereby, contrary to the provisions hereof, or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon such option, right of privilege, the option and such rights and privileges shall immediately become null and void.

 

9. Effect of Termination of Employment. Death or Disability

 

(a) In the event of the termination of employment if an optionee during the two (2) year period after the date of issuance of an option to him either by reason of (i) a discharge for cause or (ii) voluntary separation on the part of the optionee and without consent of his employing company or companies, any option or options theretofore granted to him under this Plan to the extent not theretofore exercised by him shall forthwith terminate.

 

(b) In the event of the termination of employment of an optionee (otherwise than by reason of death or retirement of the optionee at his Retirement Date by the Company or by any subsidiary corporation of the Company employing the optionee at such time), any option or options granted to him under the Plan to the extent not theretofore exercised shall be deemed cancelled and terminated forthwith, except that, subject to the provisions of section (a) of this Section, such optionee may exercise any options theretofore granted to him, which have not then expired and which are otherwise exercisable within the provisions of Section 7(c) hereof, within three (3) months after such termination. If the employment of an optionee shall be terminated by reason of the optionee's retirement at his Retirement Date by the Company or by any subsidiary corporation of the Company employing the optionee at such time, the optionee shall have the right to exercise such option or options held by him to the extent that such options have not expired, at any time within three (3) months after such retirement. The provisions of Section 7(c) to the contrary notwithstanding, upon retirement, all options held by an optionee shall be immediately exercisable in full. The transfer of an optionee from the employ of the Company to a subsidiary corporation of the Company or vice versa, or from one subsidiary corporation of the Company to another, shall not be deemed to constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Plan.

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

(c) In the event that an optionee shall die while employed by the Company or any subsidiary corporation of the Company or shall die within three (3) months after retirement at his Retirement Date (by the Company or by any subsidiary corporation of the Company) any option or options granted to him under this Plan and not theretofore exercised by him or expired shall be exercisable by the estate of the optionee or by any person who acquired such option by bequest or inheritance at any time within one (1) year after the death of the optionee. References hereinabove to the optionee shall be deemed to include any person entitled to exercise the option after the death of the optionee under the terms of this Section.

 

(d) In the event of the termination of employment of an optionee by reason of the optionee's disability, the optionee shall have the right, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7(c) hereof, to exercise all options held by him, to the extent that options have not previously expired or been exercised, at any time within one (1) year after such termination. The term "disability" shall, for the purposes of this Plan, be defined in the same manner as such term is defined in Section 105(d)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

 

(e) For the purposes of this Plan, "Retirement Date" shall mean any date an employee is otherwise entitled to retire under the Company's retirement plans, if any, and shall include normal retirement at age 65, early retirement at age 62, and retirement at age 60 after 30 years of service.

 

10. Listing and Registration of Shares

 

Each option shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Stock Option Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares covered thereby upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such option or the issue or purchase of shares thereunder, such option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

 

11. Expiration and Termination of the Plan

 

Options may be granted under the Plan at any time or from time to time as long as the total number of shares optioned or purchased under this Plan does not exceed 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock. The Plan may be abandoned or terminated at any time by the Board of Directors of the Company except with respect to any options then outstanding under the Plan. No option shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after ten (10) years from the effective date of the Plan.

 

12. Amendment of Plan

 

The Board of Directors may at any time and from time to time modify and amend the Plan (including such form of option agreement) in any respect; provided, however, that no such amendment shall: (a) increase (except in accordance with Section 6) the maximum number of shares for which options may be granted under the Plan either in the aggregate or to an individual employee; or (b) reduce (except in accordance with Section 6) the minimum option prices which may be established under the Plan; or (c) extend the period or periods during which options may be granted or exercised; or (d) change the provisions relating to the determination of employees to whom options shall be granted and the number of shares to be covered by such options; or (e) change the provisions relating to adjustments to be made upon changes in capitalization; or (f) change the method for selection of the Committee as provided by Section 2 hereof. The termination or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without the consent of an employee, affect his rights under an option theretofore granted to him.

 

13. Applicability of Plan to Outstanding Stock Options

 

The Plan shall not affect the terms and conditions of any non-qualified stock options heretofore granted to any employee of the Company or a subsidiary corporation of the Company under any other plan relating to non-qualified stock options; nor shall it affect any of the rights of any employee to whom such a non-qualified stock option was granted.

 

14. Effective Date of Plan

 

This Plan shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors or the Company or its approval by the vote of the shareholders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company's common stock. This Plan shall not become effective unless such shareholder approval shall be obtained within twelve (12) months before or after the adoption of the Plan by the Directors.

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION AND

RECORD OF STOCK TRANSFER

 

I hereby exercise my Incentive Stock Option granted by GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., subject to all the terms and provisions thereof and of the Employee Stock Option Plan referred to therein, and notify you of my desire to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company which were offered to me pursuant to said Option. Enclosed is my check in the sum of in full payment for such shares.

 

I hereby represent that the __________ shares of Common Stock to be delivered to me pursuant to the above-mentioned exercise of the Option granted to me on are being acquired by me as an investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any thereof.

 

DATED:           , 20__.

 

_________________________

Employee's Signature

 

Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the delivery to me by GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. on of stock certificates for shares of Common Stock purchased by me pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Employee Stock Option Plan referred to above, which shares were transferred to me on the Company's stock record books on.

 

_________________________

Employee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

 

[date]

 

[name of employee]

 

 

 

 

 

Dear ______:

 

At the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, you are hereby notified that the Board has granted to you an option, pursuant to the Employee Stock Option Plan adopted by the Corporation on February ____, February , and ratified and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation on February ___, February .

 

The option granted to you is to purchase Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of the Class A $0.00001 par Common Stock of the Corporation at the price of per share. The date of grant of this option is the date of this notice, and it is the determination of the Board of Directors that on this date the fair market value of the Corporation's no par common stock was $0.20 per share.

 

I enclosed a certified copy of the Incentive Stock Option Plan governing the option granted to you and your attention is invited to all the provisions of the Plan. You will observe that the Plan does not require that you exercise this option as to any particular number of shares at one time, but this option must be exercised, if at all and to the extent exercised, by no later than _____ years from the date of this notice.

 

Your stock option is in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Employee Stock Option Plan, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

a. Your option may be exercised by you, but only by you, at any time during your lifetime prior to the three months following termination of your employment;

 

b. Your option is nontransferable, otherwise than as may be occasioned by your death, and then only to your estate or according to the terms of your Will or the provision of applicable laws of descent and distribution;

 

c. In the event that the right to exercise your option is passed to your estate, or to a person to whom such right devolves by reason of your death, then your option shall be nontransferable in the hands of your executor or administrator or of such person, except that your option may be distributed by your executor or administrator to the distributees of your estate as a part of your estate.

 

At the time or times when you wish to exercise this option, in whole or in part, please refer to the provisions of the Stock Option Plan dealing with methods and formalities of exercise of your option.

 

 

 

 

 

________________________

Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

  7  

 

Exhibit 6.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

 

Management Stock Bonus Plan

 

__________

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

Management Stock Bonus Plan

 

__________

 

Purpose

 

This Plan’s purpose is to keep personnel of experience and ability in the employ of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. (“GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.”) and its subsidiaries and to compensate them for their contributions to the growth and profits of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries and thereby induce them to continue to make such contributions in the future.

 

1.                 Definitions

 

For the purpose of this Plan, the following terms will have the definitions set forth below:

 

(a) Company – GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

(b) Subsidiary or Subsidiaries – A corporation or corporations or other entity of which GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. owns, directly or indirectly, shares having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors.

 

(c) Board – GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.'s board of directors.

 

(d) Committee – The Management Stock Bonus Plan Committee as appointed from time to time by the Board, consisting of not less than three members. No member of the Committee shall be eligible for selection as a person to whom shares may be allocated pursuant to the Plan or to whom stock options may be granted pursuant to any other Plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, at any time while he is serving on the Committee.

 

(e) Date of Issuance – This term shall have the meaning supplied by Section 6(c) below.

 

(f) Plan – The GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. Management Stock Bonus Plan.

 

(g) Bonus Share – The shares of Class A Common Stock of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. reserved pursuant to Section 3 hereof and any such shares issued to a Recipient pursuant to this Plan.

 

(h) Recipient – An employee of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. or a subsidiary to whom shares are allocated under this Plan, or such individual’s designated beneficiary, surviving spouse, estate, or legal representative. For this purpose, however, any such beneficiary, spouse, estate, or legal representative shall be considered as one person with the employee.

 

(i) Restricted Period – This phrase shall have the meaning supplied by Section 7(e) below.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

2.                 Bonus Share Reserve.

 

(a) Bonus Share Reserve. GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. will establish a Bonus Share Reserve to which will be credited One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares of the Class A Common Stock of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., par value $0.00001 per share. Should the shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, due to a stock split or dividend or combination of shares or any other change, or exchange for any other securities, by reclassification, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or otherwise, be increased or decreased, or changed into, or exchanged for, a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. or of another corporation or entity, the number of shares then remaining in the Bonus Share Reserve shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such action. If any such adjustment results in a fractional share, the fraction shall be disregarded.

 

(b) Adjustments to Reserve. Upon the allocation of shares hereunder, the reserve will be reduced by the number of shares to be allocated and, upon the failure to make the required payment on the issuance of any Bonus Shares pursuant to Section 6(a) or upon the repurchase thereof pursuant to Section 7(d)(i) or (ii), Section 8 or Section 10 hereof, the reserve shall be increased by such number of shares, and such Bonus Shares may again be the subject of allocation hereunder.

 

(c ) Distributions of Bonus Shares. Distributions of Bonus Shares, as the Board shall, in its sole discretion, determine, may be made from authorized but unissued shares or from treasury shares. All authorized and unissued shares issued as Bonus Shares in accordance with the Plan shall be fully paid and non-assessable shares free from preemptive rights.

 

3.                 Eligibility and Making of Allocations.

 

(a) Eligible Employees. Any salaried executive employee of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. or any Subsidiary (including officers and, except for person serving as directors only) shall be eligible to receive an allocation of Bonus Shares.

 

(b) Selection by the Committee. From the employees eligible to receive allocations pursuant to the Plan, the Committee may from time to time select those employees to whom it recommends that the Board make allocations. Such recommendations shall include a recommendation as to the number of Bonus Shares that should be allocated and in determining the number of Bonus Shares it wishes to recommend, the Committee shall consider the position and responsibilities of the eligible employees, the value of their services to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries and such factors as the Committee deems pertinent.

 

(c) Review by the Board of Committee’s Recommendations. As promptly as practicable after the Committee recommends making allocations pursuant to (b) above, the Board will review the Committee’s recommendations and, in the Board’s discretion, allocate to the employees the Board selects from those employees recommended by the Committee a number of Bonus Shares not in excess of the number recommended for each employee by the Committee. The date of such action by the Board shall be the “date of allocation,” as that term is used in this Plan.

 

(d) Participation in Other Stock Option Plans. A person who has received options to purchase stock under any stock option plan of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. or any subsidiary may exercise the same in accordance with their terms, and will not by reason thereof be ineligible to receive Bonus Shares under this Plan. A person who has received Bonus Shares under this Plan shall not, for a period of three years from the date of Issuance thereto of such Bonus Shares, be eligible to, and may not, be granted any option or other rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to any stock option or stock purchase plan of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. presently in effect or hereafter adopted, nor shall he or she be eligible during such period to receive any additional allocation of Bonus Shares under this Plan or under any similar plan of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc..

 

(e) Limit on Number of Shares. The total number of Bonus Shares, which may be allocated pursuant to this Plan, will not exceed the amount of available therefore in the Bonus Share reserve.

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

4.                 Form of Allocation.

 

(a) Number Specified. Each allocation shall specify the number of Bonus Shares subject thereto, subject to the provisions of Section 4.

 

(b) Notice. When an allocation is made, the Board shall advise the Recipient and GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. thereof by delivery of written notice in the Form of Exhibit A hereto attached.

 

(c) Public Listing of Stock. GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. shall take such action as shall be necessary to cause any Bonus Shares issued pursuant to this Plan and not previously listed to be listed on a public stock market or exchange on which shares of the same class as the Bonus Shares are then listed, if any.

 

5.                 Payment Required of Recipients.

 

(a) Acceptance of Allocation. Within 15 days from the date of allocation, the Recipient shall, if he desires to accept the allocation, pay to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. an amount equal to the par value of the Bonus Shares so allocated, in cash, buy certified or bank cashier’s check, or by money order at the office of the Treasurer.

 

(b) Investment Purpose. GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. may require that in acquiring any Bonus Shares, the Recipient agree with, and represent to, GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. that the Recipient is acquiring such Bonus Shares for the purpose of investment and with no present intent to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares except for such distribution by a legal representative as shall be required by will or the laws of any jurisdiction in winding up the estate of any Recipient. Such shares shall be transferable thereafter only if the proposed transfer is permitted under the Plan and if, in the opinion of counsel (who shall be satisfactory to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.), such transfer at such time complies with applicable securities laws.

 

(c ) Written Agreement/Date of Issuance. Concurrently with making payment of the par value of the Bonus Shares pursuant to Section 6(a) the Recipient shall deliver to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., in duplicate, an agreement in writing, signed by the Recipient, in form and substance as set forth in Exhibit B, below, and GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. will promptly acknowledge the receipt thereof. The date of such delivery and receipt shall be deemed the “Date of Issuance,” as that phrase is used in this Plan, of the Bonus Shares to which the shares relate. The failure to make such payment and delivery within 15 days from the date of allocation shall terminate the allocation of such shares to the Recipient.

 

6.                 Restrictions.

 

(a) Transfer/Issuance. Bonus Shares, after the making of the payment and representations, etc. required by Section 6, will be promptly issued or transferred and a certificate or certificates for such shares shall be issued in the Recipient’s name. As such, the Recipient shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares, including the right to vote them and to receive all dividends and other distributions (subject to Section 7(b)) paid with respect to them, provided, however, that the shares shall be subject to the restrictions in Section 7(d). Stock certificates representing Bonus Shares will be imprinted with a legend stating that the shares represented thereby may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of except in accordance with this Plan’s terms, and each transfer agent for the Common Stock shall be instructed to like effect in respect of such shares. In aid of such restrictions, the Recipient shall immediately upon receipt of the certificate for such shares, deposit such certificate(s), together with a stock power or other instrument of transfer, appropriately endorsed in blank, with an escrow agent designated by the Committee, under a deposit agreement containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall approve, the expenses of such escrow to be borne by GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

(b) Stock Splits, Stock Dividends, Etc. If, due to a stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, or any other change or exchange for other securities, by reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, or otherwise, the Recipient, as the owner of the Bonus Shares subject to restrictions hereunder, shall be entitled to new, additional, or different shares of stock or securities, the certificate or certificates for, or other evidences of, such new, additional, or different shares or securities, together with a stock power or other instrument of transfer appropriately endorsed, which shares also shall be imprinted with a legend as provided in Section 7(a) and deposited by the Recipient under the above-mentioned deposit agreement. When the event(s) described in the preceding sentence occur, all Plan provisions relating to restrictions and lapse of restrictions will apply to such new, additional or different shares or securities to the extent applicable to the shares with respect to which they were distributed, provided, however, that if the Recipient shall receive rights, warrants or fractional interests in respect of any such Bonus Shares, such rights or warrants may be held, exercised, sold or otherwise disposed of, and such fractional interests may be settled, by the Recipient free and clear of the restrictions hereafter set forth.

 

(c) Restricted Period. The term “Restricted Period” with respect to restricted Bonus Shares (after with restrictions shall lapse) means a period starting on the Date of Issuance of such shares to the Recipient and ending on such date not less than three (3) years after the Date of Issuance, as the Committee may establish as the time of allocation of shares hereunder.

 

(d) Restrictions on Bonus Shares. The restrictions to which restricted Bonus Shares shall be subject are:

 

(i) During the Restricted Period to such shares and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, none of such shares shall be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of unless they first, by written notice have been offered to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. for repurchase, for the same amount as was paid therefore under Section 6, with appropriate adjustment for any change in the Bonus Shares of the nature described in Section 7(b). If GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. shall not within 30 days following such offer have so repurchased the shares and made payment in full for such shares, unless such purchase is otherwise prohibited by the laws of the State of New Jerseycurrently in effect at the time of an offer of Bonus Shares to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. for repurchase pursuant to the terms of the Plan, GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. shall repurchase said shares and make payment in full for such shares within thirty (30) days following such offer.

 

(ii)  If a Recipient’s employment is terminated for any reason, including such Recipient’s death or disability, at any time before the Restricted Period ends, GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. shall so notify the escrow agent appointed under Section 7(a). Such termination shall be deemed an offer to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. as described in Section 7(d)(i) as to:

 

(A) All such shares issued to the Recipient, if such termination occurs within one year from the Date of Issuance;

 

(B) 75% of the total number of such shares originally issued (including any other or additional securities issued in respect thereof, as contemplated by Section 7(b) to such Recipient, if such termination occurs more than one year after the Date of Issuance but prior to two years after that date;

 

(C) 50% of the total number of such shares originally issued (including any other or additional securities issued in respect thereof, as contemplated by Section 7(b) to such Recipient, if such termination occurs on or after two years after the Date of Issuance but prior to the end of the Restricted Period.

 

(e) Lapse of Restricted Period. The restriction set forth in Section 7(d) hereof, with respect to the Bonus Shares to which such Restricted Period was applicable, will lapse

 

(i) As to such shares in accordance with the time(s) and number(s) of shares as to which the Retracted Period expires, as described in Section 7(d)(ii), or

 

(ii) As to any shares which GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. will fail to purchase when they are offered to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., as described in Section 7(d)(i) upon GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.'s failure to so repurchase.

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

(f) Transfers Upon Death of Recipient. Nothing in this Plan will preclude the transfer of restricted Bonus Shares on the Recipient’s death, to the Recipient’s legal representatives or estate, or preclude such representatives from transferring any of such shares to the person(s) entitled thereto by will or the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that any shares so transferred as to which such restrictions have not lapsed will remain subject to all restrictions and obligations imposed on them by this Plan.

 

(g) Delivery of Written Notice. All notices in writing required pursuant to this Section 7 will be sufficient only if actually delivered or if sent via registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., attention Treasurer, and/or escrow agent at its principal office within the City of Clearwater, and will be conclusively deemed given on the date of delivery, if delivered before or on the date first business day following the date of such mailing, if mailed.

 

7.                 Finality of Determination.

 

The Committee will administer this Plan and construe its provisions. Any determination by the Committee (except insofar as it will make recommendations only) in carrying out, administering, or constructing this Plan will be final and binding for all purposes and upon all interested persons and their heirs, successors and personal representatives.

 

8.                 Limitations.

 

(a) No Right to Allocation. No person will at any time have any prior right to receive an allocation of Bonus Shares hereunder, and no person will have authority to enter into an agreement for the making of an allocation, or any prior right or to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto.

 

(b) Rights of Recipients. Recipients of allocations will have no rights in respect thereof other than those set forth in this Plan. Except as provided in Section 6(b) or 7(f), such rights may not be assigned or transferred except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. If any attempt is made to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of any Bonus Shares held by the Recipient under restrictions which have not yet lapsed, the shares that are the subject of such attempted disposition will be deemed offered to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. for repurchase, and GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. will repurchase them, as described in Section 7(d)(i) when GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. receives actual notice of such attempted distribution. Before issuance of Bonus Shares, no such shares will be earmarked for the Recipient’s accounts nor will such Recipients have any rights as stockholders with respect to such shares.

 

(c) No Right to Continued Employment. Neither GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.'s actions in establishing the Plan, nor any action taken by it or by the Board or the Committee under the Plan, nor any provision of the Plan, will be construed as giving to any person the right to be in the employ of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. or any Subsidiary.

 

(d) Limitation on Actions. Every right of action by or on behalf of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. or by any shareholder against any past, present or future member of the Board, the Committee or any officer or employee of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. arising out of or in connection with this Plan shall, regardless of the place where the action may be brought and regardless of the place of residence of any such director, committee member, officer or employee, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the later of:

 

(i) The date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises;

 

(ii) The first date upon which there has been made generally available to shareholders an annual report of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. and a proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders following the issuance of such annual report, which annual report and proxy statement alone or together set forth, for the related period, the amount of the allocation.

 

In addition, any and all right of action by any employee (past, present or future) against GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. or any member of the Committee arising out of or in connection with this Plan will, regardless of the place where action may be brought and regardless of the place of residence of any Committee member, cease and be barred by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect of which such right of action arises.

 

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

9.                 Amendment, Suspension or Termination of Plan.

 

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part at any time; provided that such amendment will not affect adversely the rights or obligations with respect to allocations previously made; and provided further, that no modifications of the Plan by the Board without approval by the stockholders will (i) increase the maximum number of Bonus Shares reserved pursuant to Section 3; (ii) alter the provisions of Section 4 with respect to the total number of Bonus Shares that may be allocated under the Plan, or (iii) render any member of the Committee eligible to receive an allocation at any time while he is serving on the Committee.

 

10.               Governing Laws.

 

This Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of New Jersey.

 

11.              Expenses of Administration.

 

All costs and expenses incurred in the operation and administration of this Plan will be borne by the Company.

 

12.              Registration of Bonus Shares.

 

(a) Registration Requirement. If GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. determines at any time to register any of its securities under the Securities Act of 1933 (or similar statute then in effect) GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., at its expense, will include among the securities which it then registers all Bonus Shares or other stock or securities issued in respect thereof, or in replacement thereof as to which the Restricted Period has expired. The requirement of the preceding sentence, however, will not apply to the extent that any Recipient at that time has no present intent to sell or distribute the relevant shares. Also, in the case of stock or securities not of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.’s obligation under this Section 13 will be limited to using its best efforts to effect such registration and shall not be required to register such shares if, in the opinion of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.'s investment banker, such registration would materially limit the marketability of other securities registered or to be registered by GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

(b) Written Notification. As to each registration pursuant to this Section 13, GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. will keep the Recipients advised in writing as to their initiation of proceedings for such registration and as to the completion thereof, and at its expense will keep such registration effective for a period of nine months, or until all sales and distributions contemplated in connection therewith are completed, whichever period is shorter. Each Recipient will at his own expense furnish to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. such information regarding the Recipient and the Recipient’s ownership of Bonus Shares (or other stock or securities) as GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. may reasonably request in writing in connection with any such registration.

 

(c) Prospectus, Indemnification. GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., at its expense, will furnish to each Recipient such number of prospectuses incident to any such registration as such Recipient from time to time reasonably may request. In addition, GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. will indemnify each such Recipient against all claims, losses, damages, and liabilities caused by any untrue statement of a material fact contained in such prospectus (or in any related registration statement) or by any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same may have been caused by an untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished in writing to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. by such Recipient expressly for use therein. Further, as a condition precedent to the obligations of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. pursuant to Section 1, each Recipient will agree in writing to indemnify GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. against all claims, losses, damages, and liabilities caused by an untrue statement or omission based upon information furnished to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. by such Recipient expressly for use therein.

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

Exhibit I

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

Date:

 

To:                     , Recipient

 

From: Treasurer, GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

This is to advise you that GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.’s Board of Directors has on the date of this Notice allocated to the Recipient above named a total of

 

 

Bonus Shares under and pursuant to the Management Stock Bonus Plan.

 

 

For these shares to be issued, the Recipient must make payment of $

 

 

And deliver to the Treasurer of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. an agreement in duplicate, in the form of Exhibit II hereto, within 15 days of the date of this Notice.

 

 

 

 

 

_______________

For the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

Exhibit II

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

Management Stock Bonus Plan

 

To: Treasurer, GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

Enclosed is the sum of $

 

Being equal to the par value of

 

Bonus Shares allocated to and purchased by me pursuant to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.’s Management Stock Bonus Plan. Upon receipt of these Bonus Shares, I will deposit them together with a stock power duly endorsed in blank with an escrow agent appointed pursuant to Section 7(a) of this Plan.

 

I represent and agree that I am acquiring these Bonus Shares for investment and that I have no present intention to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares, except as permitted pursuant to the Plan and in compliance with applicable securities laws. I agree further that I am acquiring these shares in accordance with, and subject to, the terms, provisions, and conditions of said Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly consent. These agreements will bind and inure to the benefit of my heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

My address of record is:

 

My social security number is:

 

 

Receipt of the above, together with the payment referred to, is hereby acknowledged.

 

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

 

By: ____________________

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  9  

Exhibit 6.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

 

ANNUAL BONUS PERFORMANCE PLAN

FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

_____

 

 

 

February 14, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

ANNUAL BONUS PERFORMANCE PLAN

FOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

______

 

 

SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF PLAN

 

The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success of the Company by providing to participating executives bonus incentives that qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

 

2.1 Accounting Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided or the context otherwise requires, financial and accounting terms are used as defined for purposes of, and shall be determined in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles, as from time to time in effect, as applied and reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Comp any, prepared in the ordinary course of business.

 

2.2 Specific Terms. The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

 

"Bonus" means a cash payment or a payment opportunity as the context requires.

 

“Bonus Pool” means the total aggregate of cash payments or payment opportunities in any Year that may be allowed under the Plan.

 

"Business Criteria" means any one or any combination of Income before Taxes, Net Income, Return on Equity, Return on Assets, Pre-tax Margin, Free Cash Flow, Valuation or EPS.

 

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

"Committee" means the Performance Plan Subcommittee which has been established to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 3.1 and Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

"Company" means GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. and any successor, whether by merger, ownership of all or substantially all of its assets, or otherwise.

 

“EBITDA” for any Year means the consolidated earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"EPS" for any Year means earnings per share of the Company, as reported in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Income set forth in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"Executive" means a key employee (including any officer) of the Company who is (or in the opinion of the Committee may during the applicable Performance Period become) an "executive officer" as defined in Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

 

“Free Cash Flow” for any Year means the Consolidated Net Income plus the sum of the decrease in working capital and depreciation and amortization less the sum of capital expenditures, mandatory debt payments and the increase in working capital as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

“Income before Taxes” for any Year means the consolidated income before taxes of the Company, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"Net Income" for any Year means the consolidated net income of the Company, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

"Participant" means an Executive selected to participate in the Plan by the Committee.

 

"Performance Period" means the Year or Years with respect to which the Performance Targets are set by the Committee.

 

"Performance Target(s)" means the specific objective goal or goals (which may be cumulative and/or alternative) that are timely set in writing by the Committee for each Executive for the Performance Period in respect of any one or more of the Business Criteria.

 

"Plan" means this Annual Bonus Performance Plan for Executive Officers of the Company, as amended from time to time.

 

“Pre-tax Margin” for any Year means the Income before Taxes of the Company divided by Consolidated Sales of the Company, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"Return on Assets" means Net Income divided by the average of the total assets of the Company at the end of the four fiscal quarters of the Year, as reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements.

 

"Return on Equity" means the Net Income divided by the average of the common stockholders equity of the Company at the end of each of the four fiscal quarters of the Year, as reported by the Company in its consolidated financial statements.

 

"Section 162(m)" means Section 162(m) of the Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, all as amended from time to time.

 

"Shares" means shares of common stock of the Company or any securities or property, including rights into which the same may be converted by operation of law or otherwise.

 

“Valuation” for any Year means the product of consolidated EBIDA, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year, and six.

“Working Capital” for any Year means the consolidated current assets of the Company less the consolidated current liabilities of the Company, as reported in the financial statements of the Company for the Year.

 

"Year" means any one or more fiscal years of the Company commencing on or after January 1, 2018 that represent(s) the applicable Performance Period and end(s) no later than December 31, 2026.

 

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

3.1 The Committee. The Plan shall be administered by a Committee consisting of at least one member of the Board of Directors of the Company, duly authorized by the Board of Directors of the Company to administer the Plan, who (i)are not eligible to participate in the Plan and (ii)are "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m).

 

3.2 Powers of the Committee. The Committee shall have the sole authority to establish and administer the Performance Target(s) and the responsibility of determining from among the Executives those persons who will participate in and receive Bonuses under the Plan and, subject to Sections 4 and 5 of the Plan, the amount of such Bonuses, and the time or times at which and the form and manner in which Bonuses will be paid (which may include elective or mandatory deferral alternatives) and shall otherwise be responsible for the administration of the Plan, in accordance with its terms. The Committee shall have the authority to construe and interpret the Plan (except as otherwise provided herein) and any agreement or other document relating to any Bonus under the Plan, may adopt rules and regulations governing the administration of the Plan, and shall exercise all other duties and powers conferred on it by the Plan, or which are incidental or ancillary thereto. For each Performance Period, the Committee shall determine, at the time the Business Criteria and the Performance Target(s) are set, those Executives who are selected as Participants in the Plan.

 

3.3 Requisite Action. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The vote of a majority of those present at a meeting at which a quorum is present or the unanimous written consent of the Committee shall constitute action by the Committee.

 

3.4 Express Authority (and Limitations on Authority) to Change Terms and Conditions of Bonus; Acceleration or Deferral of Payment. Without limiting the Committee's authority under other provisions of the Plan, but subject to any express limitations of the Plan and Section 5.8, the Committee shall have the authority to accelerate a Bonus (after the attainment of the applicable Performance Target(s)) and to waive restrictive conditions for a Bonus (including any forfeiture conditions, but not Performance Target(s)), in such circumstances as the Committee deems appropriate. In the case of any acceleration of a Bonus after the attainment of the applicable Performance Target(s), the amount payable shall be discounted to its present value using an interest rate equal to Moody's Average Corporate Bond Yield for the month preceding the month in which such acceleration occurs. Any deferred payment shall be subject to Section 4.9 and, if applicable, Section 4.10.

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

SECTION 4. BONUS PROVISIONS.

 

4.1 Maximum Total Bonus. In any Year the aggregate amount of bonuses awarded by the Company to all Participants may not exceed the Bonus Pool. In any year the bonus Pool is the product of 10% and Income before Taxes.

 

4.2 Provision for Bonus. Each Participant may receive a Bonus if and only if the Performance Target(s) established by the Committee, relative to the applicable Business Criteria, are attained. The applicable Performance Period and Performance Target(s) shall be determined by the Committee consistent with the terms of the Plan and Section 162(m). Notwithstanding the fact that the Performance Target(s) have been attained, the Company may pay a Bonus of less than the amount determined by the formula or standard established pursuant to Section 4.2 or may pay no Bonus at all, unless the Committee otherwise expressly provides by written contract or other written commitment.

 

4.3 Selection of Performance Target(s). The specific Performance Target(s) with respect to the Business Criteria must be established by the Committee in advance of the deadlines applicable under Section 162(m) and while the performance relating to the Performance Target(s) remains substantially uncertain within the meaning of Section 162(m). At the time the Performance Target(s) are selected, the Committee shall provide, in terms of an objective formula or standard for each Participant, and for any person who may become a Participant after the Performance Target(s) are set, the method of computing the specific amount that will represent the maximum amount of Bonus payable to the Participant if the Performance Target(s) are attained, subject to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.8, 5.1 and 5.8.

 

4.4 Maximum Individual Bonus. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, no Executive shall receive a Bonus under the Plan for the Year in excess of $1 million. No Executive shall receive aggregate bonuses under this Plan for the Year in excess of $1 million.

 

4.5 Selection of Participants. For each Performance Period, the Committee shall determine, at the time the Business Criteria and the Performance Target(s) are set, those Executives who will participate in the Plan.

 

4.6 Effect of Mid-Year Commencement of Service. To the extent compatible with Sections 4.3 and 5.8, if services as an Executive commence after the adoption of the Plan and the Performance Target(s) are established for a Performance Period, the Committee may grant a Bonus that is proportionately adjusted based on the period of actual service during the Year; the amount of any Bonus paid to such person shall not exceed that proportionate amount of the applicable maximum individual bonus under Section 4.1 and 4.4.

 

4.7 Changes Resulting From Accounting Changes. Subject to Section 5.8, if, after the Performance Target(s) are established for a Performance Period, a change occurs in the applicable accounting principles or practices, the amount of the Bonuses paid under this Plan for such Performance Period shall be determined without regard to such change.

 

4.8 Committee Discretion to Determine Bonuses. The Committee has the sole discretion to determine the standard or formula pursuant to which each Participant's Bonus shall be calculated (in accordance with Section 4.3), whether all or any portion of the amount so calculated will be paid, and the specific amount (if any) to be paid to each Participant, subject in all cases to the terms, conditions and limits of the Plan and of any other written commitment authorized by the Committee. To this same extent, the Committee may at any time establish additional conditions and terms of payment of Bonuses (including but not limited to the achievement of other financial, strategic or individual goals, which may be objective or subjective) as it may deem desirable in carrying out the purposes of the Plan and may take into account such other factors as it deems appropriate in administering any aspect of the Plan. The Committee may not, however, increase the maximum amount permitted to be paid to any individual under Section 4.3 or 4.4 of the Plan or award a Bonus under this Plan if the applicable Performance Target(s) have not been satisfied.

 

4.9 Committee Certification. No Executive shall receive any payment under the Plan unless the Committee has certified, by resolution or other appropriate action in writing, that the amount thereof has been accurately determined in accordance with the terms, conditions and limits of the Plan and that the Performance Target(s) and any other material terms previously established by the Committee or set forth in the Plan were in fact satisfied.

 

4.10 Time of Payment; Deferred Amounts. Any Bonuses granted by the Committee under the Plan shall be paid as soon as practicable following the Committee's determinations under this Section 4 and the certification of the Committee's findings under Section 4.9. Any such payment shall be in cash or cash equivalent or in such other form of equal value on such payment date as the Committee may approve or require. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion (but subject to any prior written commitments and to any conditions consistent with Sections 3.4, 4.1, 4.4 and 5.8 that it deems appropriate), defer the payout or vesting of any Bonus and/or provide to Participants the opportunity to elect to defer the payment of any Bonus under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. In the case of any deferred payment of a Bonus after the attainment of the applicable Performance Target(s), any amount in excess of the amount otherwise payable shall be based on either Moody's Average Corporate Bond Yield over the deferral period or one or more predetermined actual investments (including Shares) such that the amount payable at the later date will be based upon actual returns, including any decrease or increase in the value of the investment(s), unless the alternative deferred payment is otherwise exempt from the limitations under Section 162(m).

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

SECTION 5. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

5.1 No Right to Bonus or Continued Employment. Neither the establishment of the Plan nor the provision for or payment of any amounts hereunder nor any action of the Company (including, for purposes of this Section 5.1, any predecessor or subsidiary), the Board of Directors of the Company or the Committee in respect of the Plan, shall be held or construed to confer upon any person any legal right to receive, or any interest in, a Bonus or any other benefit under the Plan, or any legal right to be continued in the employ of the Company. The Company expressly reserves any and all rights to discharge an Executive in its sole discretion, without liability of any person, entity or governing body under the Plan or otherwise. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof and notwithstanding the fact that the Performance Target(s) have been attained and/or the individual maximum amounts pursuant to Section 4.2 have been calculated, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any Bonus hereunder nor to pay the maximum amount so calculated or any prorated amount based on service during the period, unless the Committee otherwise expressly provides by written contract or other written commitment.

 

5.2 Discretion of Company, Board of Directors and Committee. Any decision made or action taken by the Company or by the Board of Directors of the Company or by the Committee arising out of or in connection with the creation, amendment, construction, administration, interpretation and effect of the Plan shall be within the absolute discretion of such entity and shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. No member of the Committee shall have any liability for actions taken or omitted under the Plan by the member or any other person.

 

5.3 Absence of Liability. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company or a member of the Committee of the Company or any officer of the Company shall not be liable for any act or inaction hereunder, whether of commission or omission.

 

5.4 No Funding of Plan. The Company shall not be required to fund or otherwise segregate any cash or any other assets which may at any time be paid to Participants under the Plan. The Plan shall constitute an "unfunded" plan of the Company. The Company shall not, by any provisions of the Plan, be deemed to be a trustee of any property, and any obligations of the Company to any Participant under the Plan shall be those of a debtor and any rights of any participant or former Participant shall be no greater than those of a general unsecured creditor.

 

5.5 Non-Transferability of Benefits and Interests. Except as expressly provided by the Committee, no benefit payable under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any such attempted action be void and no such benefit shall be in any manner liable for or subject to debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any Participant or former Participant. This Section 5.5 shall not apply to an assignment of a contingency or payment due after the death of the Executive to the deceased Executive's legal representative or beneficiary.

 

5.6 Law to Govern. All questions pertaining to the construction, regulation, validity and effect of the provisions of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

 

5.7 Non-Exclusivity. Subject to Section 5.8, the Plan does not limit the authority of the Company, the Board or the Committee, or any subsidiary of the Company to grant awards or authorize any other compensation under any other plan or authority, including, without limitation, awards or other compensation based on the same Performance Target(s) used under the Plan. In addition, Executives not selected to participate in the Plan may participate in other plans of the Company.

 

5.8 Section 162(m) Conditions; Bifurcation of Plan. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan and Bonuses paid hereunder satisfy and be interpreted in a manner, that, in the case of Participants who are or may be persons whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m), satisfies any applicable requirements as performance-based compensation. Any provision, application or interpretation of the Plan inconsistent with this intent to satisfy the standards in Section 162(m) of the Code shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the provisions of the Plan may at any time be bifurcated by the Board or the Committee in any manner so that certain provisions of the Plan or any Bonus intended (or required in order) to satisfy the applicable requirements of Section 162(m) are only applicable to persons whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m).

 

SECTION 6. AMENDMENTS, SUSPENSION

OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

The Board of Directors or the Committee may from time to time amend, suspend or terminate in whole or in part, and if suspended or terminated, may reinstate, any or all of the provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment may be effective without Board of Directors and/or shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with the applicable rules of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

CERTIFICATION

 

The undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the foregoing constitutes a complete and correct copy of the Plan as amended on February 14, 2018 by the Board of Directors of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

_________________________

Secretary

 

 

 

Date: February 14, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  6  

Exhibit 6.4

 

__________

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

__________

 

 

Anil K. Idnani – President

 

 

__________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1  
 

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below), is entered into by and between GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the "Company"), and Anil K. Idnani (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive and to enter into an agreement embodying the terms of such employment; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Employment Period. Subject to the provisions for earlier termination hereinafter provided, the Executive's employment hereunder shall be for a term (the "Employment Period") commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Initial Termination Date"); provided, however, that this Agreement shall be automatically extended for one additional year on the Initial Termination Date and on each subsequent anniversary of the Initial Termination Date, unless either the Executive or the Company elects not to so extend the term of the Agreement by notifying the other party, in writing, of such election not less than sixty (60) days prior to the last day of the term as then in effect. For purposes of this Agreement, "Effective Date" shall mean the date written below.

 

2. Terms of Employment.

 

(a) Position and Duties.

 

(i) During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chairman and President of the Company and shall perform such employment duties as are usual and customary for such positions. At the Company's request, the Executive shall serve the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates in other offices and capacities in addition to the foregoing. In the event that the Executive, during the Employment Period, serves in any one or more of such additional capacities, the Executive's compensation shall not be increased beyond that specified in Section 2(b) of this Agreement. In addition, in the event the Executive's service in one or more of such additional capacities is terminated, the Executive's compensation, as specified in Section 2(b) of this Agreement, shall not be diminished or reduced in any manner as a result of such termination for so long as the Executive otherwise remains employed under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to devote appropriate attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) fulfill limited teaching, speaking and writing engagements or (C) manage his personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement and (D) undertake other business responsibilities. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities to Company; provided that no such activity that violates any written non-competition agreement between the parties shall be permitted.

 

(b) Compensation.

 

(i) Base Salary. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary (the "Base Salary") as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time with due regard for the state of development of the Company, as the same may be increased thereafter pursuant to the Company's normal practices for its executives. The Base Salary shall be paid at such intervals as the Company pays executive salaries generally. During the Employment Period, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually for possible increase in the Company's discretion. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. The Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term "Base Salary" as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Base Salary as so increased.

 

 

 

 

  2  
 

 

(ii) Annual Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be eligible to earn, for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Employment Period, an annual cash performance bonus annual Bonus") under the Company's bonus plan or plans applicable to senior executives. The amount of the Annual Bonus and the target performance goals applicable to the Annual Bonus shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of such bonus plan as in effect from time to time.

 

(iii) Incentive, Savings and Retirement Plans. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all other incentive plans, practices, policies and programs, and all savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs, in each case that are applicable generally to senior executives of the Company.

 

(iv) Welfare Benefit Plans. During the Employment Period, the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members shall be eligible for participation in the welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs (including, if applicable, medical, dental, disability, employee life, group life and accidental death insurance plans and programs) maintained by the Company for its senior executives.

 

(v) Expenses. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company provided to senior executives of the Company.

 

(vi) Fringe Benefits. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to such fringe benefits and perquisites as are provided by the Company to its senior executives from time to time, in accordance with the policies, practices and procedures of the Company, and shall receive such additional fringe benefits and perquisites as the Company may, in its discretion, from time-to-time provide.

 

(vii) Vacation. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company applicable to its senior executives.

 

(viii) Additional Payments. The amount of compensation payable to Executive pursuant to Sections 2(b)(i) and (ii) above shall be "grossed up" as necessary (on an after-tax basis) to compensate for any additional social security withholding taxes due as a result of Executive's shared employment by any subsidiary and/or affiliate of the Company, the Company, if applicable.

 

3. Termination of Employment.

 

(a) Death or Disability. The Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive's death or Disability during the Employment Period. For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" shall mean the absence of the Executive from the Executive's duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 90 consecutive days or on a total of 180 days in any 12-month period, in either case as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness which is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive's legal representative.

 

(b) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause or without Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events unless the Executive fully corrects the circumstances constituting Cause within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the Notice of Termination (as defined below):

 

(i) the Executive's willful and continued failure to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after his issuance of a Notice of Termination for Good Reason), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that the Executive has not substantially performed his duties;

 

(ii) the Executive's willful commission of an act of fraud or dishonesty resulting in economic or financial injury to the Company;

 

(iii) the Executive's conviction of, or entry by the Executive of a guilty plea to the commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude;

 

(iv) a willful breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duty to the Company which results in economic or other injury to the Company; or

 

(v) the Executive's willful and material breach of the Executive's covenants set forth in Section 9 hereof.

 

 

 

 

  3  
 

 

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel for the Executive, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive is guilty of any of the conduct described in Section 3(b), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail; provided, that if the Executive is a member of the Board, the Executive shall not vote on such resolution nor shall the Executive be counted in determining the "entire membership" of the Board.

 

(c) Good Reason. The Executive's employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Executive without Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without the Executive's prior written consent, unless the Company fully corrects the circumstances constituting Good Reason (provided such circumstances are capable of correction) prior to the Date of Termination (as defined below):

 

(i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties materially inconsistent in any respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 2 of this Agreement, or any other action by the Company which results in a material diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

 

(ii) the Company's reduction of the Executive's annual base salary or bonus opportunity, each as in effect on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time;

 

(iii) the relocation of the Company's offices at which the Executive is principally employed (the "Principal Location") to a location more than thirty (30) miles from such location, or the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at a location more than thirty (30) miles from the Principal Location, except for required travel on the Company's business to an extent substantially consistent with the Executive's present business travel obligations;

 

(iv) the Company's failure to obtain a satisfactory agreement from any successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement, as contemplated in Section 10 hereof; or

 

(v) the Company's failure to cure a material breach of its obligations under the Agreement after written notice is delivered to the Board by the Executive which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive believes that the Company has breached its obligations under the Agreement and the Company is given a reasonable opportunity to cure any such breach.

 

(d) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other parties hereto given in accordance with Section 12(c) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder.

 

(e) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein (which date shall not be more than 30 days after the giving of such notice), as the case may be, (ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the Company notifies the Executive of such termination, (iii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Executive without Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be the tenth day after the date on which the Executive notifies the Company of such termination, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Executive, and (iv) if the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death or Disability of the Executive, as the case may be.

 

 

 

 

  4  
 

 

4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination.

 

(a) Without Cause or For Good Reason. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment without Cause or the Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason:

 

(i) The Executive shall be paid, in a single lump sum payment within 60 days after the Date of Termination, the aggregate amount of (A) the Executive's earned but unpaid Base Salary and accrued vacation pay through the Date of Termination, and any Annual bonus required to be paid to the Executive pursuant to Section 2(b)(ii) above for any fiscal year of the Company that ends on or before the Date of Termination to the extent not previously paid (the "Accrued Obligations"), and (B) two (the "Severance Multiple") times the sum of (x) the annual Base Salary in effect on the Termination Date plus (y) the average Annual Bonus received by the Executive for the three complete fiscal years (or such lesser number of years as the Executive has been employed by the Company) of the Company immediately prior to the Termination Date (the "Severance Amount");

 

(ii) At the time when annual bonuses are paid to the Company's other senior executives for the fiscal year of the Company in which the Date of Termination occurs, the Executive shall be paid an Annual Bonus in an amount equal to the product of (x) the amount of the Annual Bonus to which the Executive would have been entitled if the Executive's employment had not been terminated, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fiscal year through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is the total number of days in such fiscal year (a "Pro-Rated Annual Bonus");

 

(iii) For a period of years equal to the Severance Multiple, the Company shall continue to provide the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members with group health insurance coverage at least equal to that which would have been provided to them if the Executive's employment had not been terminated; provided, however, that if the Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive group health insurance coverage under another employer's plans, the Company's obligations under this Section 4(a)(iii) shall be reduced to the extent comparable coverage is actually provided to the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members, and any such coverage shall be reported by the Executive to the Company.

 

(iv) The Company shall, at its sole expense and on an as-incurred basis, provide the Executive with outplacement services the scope and provider of which shall be reasonable and consistent with industry practice for similarly situated executives; and

 

(v) To the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any vested benefits and other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliates (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Other Benefits").

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, it shall be a condition to the Executive's right to receive the amounts provided for in Sections 4(a)(i)(B) and 4(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) above that the Executive execute, deliver to the Company and not revoke a release of claims in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

(b) For Cause or Without Good Reason. If the Executive's employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason during the Employment Period, the Company shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement other than pursuant to Sections 7 and 8 hereof, and the obligation to pay to the Executive the Accrued Obligations in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination and to provide the Other Benefits.

 

(c) Death or Disability. If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of the Executive's death or Disability during the Employment Period:

 

(i) The Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiaries or to the Executive, as applicable, in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination;

 

(ii) 100% of the Executive's annual Base Salary, as in effect on the Date of Termination, shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiaries or to the Executive, as applicable, in cash within 30 days following the Date of Termination;

 

(iii) The Pro-Rated Annual Bonus shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiaries or to the Executive, as applicable, at the time when annual bonuses are paid to the Company's other senior executives for the fiscal year of the Company in which the Date of Termination occurs;

 

(iv) For a period of twelve months following the Date of Termination, the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members shall continue to be provided with group health insurance coverage at least equal to that which would have been provided to them if the Executive's employment had not been terminated; provided, however, that if the Executive becomes re-employed with another employer and is eligible to receive group health insurance coverage under another employer's plans, the Company's obligations under this Section 4(d)(iv) shall be reduced to the extent comparable coverage is actually provided to the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members, and any such coverage shall be reported by the Executive to the Company; and

 

(v) The Other Benefits shall be paid or provided to the Executive on a timely basis.

 

 

 

 

  5  
 

 

5. Termination Upon a Change in Control. If a Change in Control (as defined herein) occurs during the Employment Period and the Executive's employment is terminated (a) by the Company without Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason, in each case within two (2) years after the effective date of the Change in Control or (b) by the Executive for any reason on or within 30 days after the one year anniversary of the effective date of the Change in Control, then the Executive shall be entitled to the payments and benefits provided in Section 4(a), subject to the terms and conditions thereof, except that for purposes of this Section 5, the Severance Multiple shall equal three (3). In addition, in the event of such a termination of the Executive's employment, all outstanding stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards granted to the Executive under any of the Company's equity incentive plans (or awards substituted therefore covering the securities of a successor company) shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full. For purposes of this Agreement, "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any "person" or "group" (as those terms are defined in Sections 3(a)(9), 13(d), and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and the rules thereunder) of "beneficial ownership" (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("voting securities") of the Company that represent 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities, other than

 

(A) an acquisition of securities by a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company or by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any person controlled by the Company, or

 

(B) an acquisition of securities by the Company or a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the stock of the Company, or

 

(C) an acquisition of securities pursuant to a transaction described in clause (iii) below that would not be a Change in Control under clause (iii), or

 

(D) any direct or indirect acquisition of securities by the Executive or his family, or any entity controlled thereby;

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following event shall not constitute an "acquisition" by any person or group for purposes of this clause (i): an acquisition of the Company's securities by the Company which causes the Company's voting securities beneficially owned by a person or group to represent 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that if a person or group shall become the beneficial owner of 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding voting securities by reason of share acquisitions by the Company as described above and shall, after such share acquisitions by the Company, become the beneficial owner of any additional voting securities of the Company, then such acquisition shall constitute a Change in Control;

 

(ii) individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election by the Company's shareholders, or nomination for election by the Board, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board;

 

(iii) the consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case, other than a transaction

 

(A) which results in the Company's voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company's assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the "Successor Entity")) directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity's outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

 

 

 

  6  
 

 

(B) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (B) as beneficially owning 35% or more of combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction; or

 

(iv) approval by the Company's shareholders of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

For purposes of clause (i) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the acquisition were a record date for a vote of the Company's shareholders, and for purposes of clause (iii) above, the calculation of voting power shall be made as if the date of the consummation of the transaction were a record date for a vote of the Company's shareholders.

 

6. Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

 

7. Full Settlement. The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and except as expressly provided, such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Company agrees to pay as incurred (within 30 days following the Company's receipt of an invoice from the Executive), to the full extent permitted by law, all reasonable legal fees and expenses which the Executive or his beneficiaries may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive or his beneficiaries about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code. The preceding sentence shall not apply with respect to any such contest if the court having jurisdiction over such contest determines that the Executive's claim in such contest is frivolous or maintained in bad faith.

 

8. Certain Additional Payments by the Company.

 

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any Payment would be subject to the Excise Tax, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (the "Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(a), if it shall be determined that the Executive is entitled to the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, but that the Parachute Value of all Payments does not exceed 110% of the Safe Harbor Amount, then no Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the Executive and the amounts payable under this Agreement shall be reduced so that the Parachute Value of all Payments, in the aggregate, equals the Safe Harbor Amount. The reduction of the amounts payable hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by first reducing the payments under Section 4(a)(i), unless an alternative method of reduction is elected by the Executive, and in any event shall be made in such a manner as to maximize the Value of all Payments actually made to the Executive. For purposes of reducing the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount, only amounts payable under this Agreement (and no other Payments) shall be reduced. If the reduction of the amount payable under this Agreement would not result in a reduction of the Parachute Value of all Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount, no amounts payable under the Agreement shall be reduced pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company's obligation to make Excise Tax Gross-Up Payments under this Section 8 shall not be conditioned upon the Executive's termination of employment.

 

 

 

 

  7  
 

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 8(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether and when an Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by such nationally recognized accounting firm as may be selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive (the "Accounting Firm"); provided, that the Accounting Firm's determination shall be made based upon "substantial authority" within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code. The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 8, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive, unless the Company obtains an opinion of outside legal counsel, based upon at least "substantial authority" within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code, reaching a different determination, in which event such legal opinion shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Excise Tax Gross-Up Payments that will not have been made by the Company should have been made (the "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 8(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

 

(c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable, but no later than 10 business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim. The Executive shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which the Executive gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that the Company desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall:

 

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim,

 

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

 

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim, and

 

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

 

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 8(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest, and, at its sole discretion, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the applicable taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole discretion, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that, if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income in connection with such advance; and provided, further, that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which the Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder, and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

 

(d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment or an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the Excise Tax to which such Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment relates or with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 8(c), if applicable) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

 

 

 

 

  8  
 

 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8, the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority, for the benefit of the Executive, all or any portion of any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, and the Executive hereby consents to such withholding.

 

(f) Any other liability for unpaid or unwithheld Excise Taxes shall be borne exclusively by the Company, in accordance with Section 3403 of the Code. The foregoing sentence shall not in any manner relieve the Company of any of its obligations under this Employment Agreement.

 

(g) Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings for poses of this Section 8:

 

(i) "Excise Tax" shall mean the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, together with any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such excise tax.

 

(ii) "Parachute Value" of a Payment shall mean the present value as of the date of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code of the portion of such Payment that constitutes a "parachute payment" under Section 280G(b)(2), as determined by the Accounting Firm for purposes of determining whether and to what extent the Excise Tax will apply to such Payment.

 

(iii) A "Payment" shall mean any payment or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to or for the benefit of the Executive, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

 

(iv) The "Safe Harbor Amount" shall mean 2.99 times the Executive's "base amount," within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code.

 

(v) "Value" of a Payment shall mean the economic present value of a Payment as of the date of the change of control for purposes of Section 280G of the Code, as determined by the Accounting Firm using the discount rate required by Section 280G(d)(4) of the Code.

 

9. Confidential Information and Non-Solicitation.

 

(a) In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 9 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement. However, in recognition of the facts that irreparable injury will result to the Company in the event of a breach by the Executive of his obligations under Sections 9(a) and (b) of this Agreement, that monetary damages for such breach would not be readily calculable, and that the Company would not have an adequate remedy at law therefor, the Executive acknowledges, consents and agrees that in the event of such breach, or the threat thereof, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other legal remedies and damages available, to specific performance thereof and to temporary and permanent injunctive relief (without the necessity of posting a bond) to restrain the violation or threatened violation of such obligations by the Executive.

 

(b) The Employee shall, at all times during and subsequent to the Term, keep secret and retain in strictest confidence all confidential matters of the Company, and the "know-how", trade secrets, technical processes, inventions, equipment specifications, equipment designs, plans, drawings, research projects, confidential client lists, details of client, subcontractor or consultant contracts, pricing policies, operational methods, marketing plans and strategies, project development, acquisition and bidding techniques and plans, business acquisition plans, and new personnel acquisition plans of the Company and its subsidiaries and divisions (whether now known or hereafter learned by the Employee), except to the extent that (i) such information is generally available to the public without restriction, (ii) the Employee obtains confidentiality agreements with respect to such confidential information, (iii) the Employee is requested by the Board of Directors of the Company or a Committee thereof, or by the Chairman of the Company, to disclose such confidential information, (iv) such information is provided to a customer of the Company pursuant to a request received from such customer in the ordinary course of business, or (v) the Employee is under compulsion of either a court order or a governmental agency's or authority's inquiry, order or request to so disclose such information.

 

 

(c) Property of the Company.

 

(i) Except as otherwise provided herein, all lists, records and other non-personal documents or papers (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries or divisions, including such items stored in computer memories, on microfiche or by any other means, made or compiled by or on behalf of the Employee, or made available to the Employee, are and shall be the property of the Company, and shall be delivered to the Company on the date of termination of the Employee's employment with the Company, or sooner upon request of the Company at any time or from time to time.

 

 

 

 

  9  
 

 

(ii) All inventions, including any procedures, formulas, methods, processes, uses, apparatuses, patterns, designs, plans, drawings, devices or configurations of any kind, any and all improvements to them which are developed, discovered, made or produced, and all trade secrets and information used by the Company and/or its subsidiaries and divisions (including, without limitation, any such matters created or developed by the Employee during the term of this Agreement), shall be the exclusive property of the Company or the subject subsidiary, and shall be delivered to the Company or the subject subsidiary (without the Employee retaining any copies, components or records thereof) on the date of termination of the Employee's employment with the Company; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to grant to the Company any property rights in any inventions or other intellectual property which may at any time be developed by the Employee which is wholly unrelated to any business then engaged in or under development by the Company.

 

(d) The Employee shall not, at any time (whether during the term of this Agreement or at any time thereafter), directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any business enterprise other than the Company and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates, solicit any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to leave his or her employment with the Company or such subsidiary, or encourage any such employee to leave such employment, without the prior written approval of the Company in each instance.

 

(e) Non-Competition. For so long as the Employee shall be receiving any compensation or remuneration under this Agreement, and for a further period of one (1) year thereafter, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, whether individually or as an employee, stockholder (other than the passive ownership of up to 5% of the capital stock of a publicly traded corporation), partner, joint venturer, agent or other representative of any other person, firm or corporation, engage or have any interest in any business (other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates) which, in any country in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or divisions does or solicits business during the Term, is engaged in or derives any revenues from performing any functionally equivalent services or marketing any functionally equivalent products as those services provided and products marketed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or divisions during the Term.

 

(f) Severability of Covenants. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the provisions of this Section 9 of this Agreement are (a) made in consideration of the premises and undertakings of the Company set forth herein, (b) made for good, valuable and adequate consideration received and to be received by the Employee, and (c) reasonable and necessary, in terms of the time, geographic scope and nature of the restrictions, for the protection of the Company and the business and good will thereof. It is intended that the provisions of this Section 9 be fully severable, and in the event that any of the foregoing restrictions, or any portion of the foregoing restrictions, shall be deemed contrary to law, invalid or unenforceable in any respect by any court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, then such restrictions shall be deemed to be amended, modified and reduced in scope and effect, as to duration and/or geographic area, only to that extent necessary to render same valid and enforceable (and in such reduced form, such provisions shall then be enforceable), and any other of the foregoing restrictions shall be unaffected and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(g) Equitable Remedies. The parties hereby acknowledge that, in the event of any breach or threatened breach by the Employee of the provisions of this Section 9, the Company will suffer irreparable harm and will not have an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Company may seek and obtain appropriate equitable relief to restrain or enjoin such breach or threatened breach and/or to compel compliance herewith.

 

(h) Trade Secrets. The Parties hereby agree and stipulate that any confidential information of the Parties shall be deemed a "trade secret" as that term is defined under the Economic Espionage Act of 1996 (the "Act"), and further agree and stipulate that the Parties by this Agreement have taken all reasonable steps under the Act to keep such information secret.

 

10. Successors.

 

(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal representatives.

 

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

 

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

  10  
 

 

11. Payment of Financial Obligations. The payment or provision to the Executive by the Company of any remuneration, benefits or other financial obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be allocated to the Company and, if applicable, any subsidiary and/or affiliate thereof from time to time.

 

12. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

 

(b) Arbitration. Except as set forth in Section 9(c) above, any disagreement, dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the interpretation of this Agreement or any arrangements relating to this Agreement or contemplated in this Agreement or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof shall be settled by final and binding arbitration administered by the America Arbitration Association in New York, New York in accordance with the then existing American Arbitration Association Rules and Procedures for Employment Disputes. In the event of such an arbitration proceeding, the Executive and the Company shall select a mutually acceptable neutral arbitrator from among the American Arbitration Association panel of arbitrators. In the event the Executive and the Company cannot agree on an arbitrator, the Administrator of American Arbitration Association will appoint an arbitrator. Neither the Executive nor the Company nor the arbitrator shall disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of all parties. Except as provided herein, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern the interpretation, enforcement and all proceedings. The arbitrator shall apply the substantive law (and the law of remedies, if applicable) of the state of New Jersey or federal law, or both, as applicable, and the arbitrator is without jurisdiction to apply any different substantive law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to entertain a motion to dismiss and/or a motion for summary judgment by any party and shall apply the standards governing such motions under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitrator shall render an award and a written, reasoned opinion in support thereof. Judgment upon the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Executive: at the Executive's most recent address on the records of the Company,

 

If to the Company: at the Company’s principal offices, attention of the Company’s Secretary and President.

 

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective hen actually received by the addressee.

 

(d) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company determines, in its good faith judgment, that any transfer or deemed transfer of funds hereunder is likely to be construed as a personal loan prohibited by Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, then such transfer or deemed transfer shall not be made to the extent necessary or appropriate so as not to violate the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(e) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(f) Withholding. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. In addition, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold and pay over to the Internal Revenue Service or any other applicable taxing authority, for the benefit of the Executive, all or any portion of any Excise Tax Gross-Up Payment, and the Executive hereby consents to such withholding.

 

(g) No Waiver. The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 3(c) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

  11  
 

 

(h) Entire Agreement. As of the Effective Date, this Agreement, together with any non-competition agreement between the parties, constitutes the final, complete and exclusive agreement between the Executive and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and replaces and supersedes any and all other agreements, offers or promises, whether oral or written, made to you by any related entity, or representative of the Company or the transactions related thereto. The Executive agrees that any such agreement, offer or promise between the Executive and Employer (or any representative thereof) is hereby terminated and will be of no further force or effect, and the Executive acknowledges and agrees that upon his execution of this Agreement, he will have no right or interest in or with respect to any such agreement, offer or promise. In the event that the Effective Date does not occur, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the immediately preceding sentence) shall have no force or effect.

 

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year written below.

 

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

A New Jersey Corporation

 

 

By: /s/ Anil K. Idnani                                                        

Name: Anil K. Idnani

Title: President

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

/s/ Anil K. Idnani                                                              

Anil K. Idnani

 

 

EFFECTIVE DATE:

 

Dated: December 12, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

  12  
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE

 

For a valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned does hereby release and forever discharge the "Releasees" hereunder, consisting of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, and each of their partners, subsidiaries, associates, affiliates, successors, heirs, assigns, agents, directors, officers, employees, representatives, lawyers, insurers, and all persons acting by, through, under or in concert with them, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises, liability, claims, demands, damages, losses, costs, attorneys' fees or expenses, of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent (hereinafter called "Claims"), which the undersigned now has or may hereafter have against the Releasees, or any of them, by reason of any matter, cause, or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof. The Claims released herein include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Claims in any way arising out of, based upon, or related to the employment or termination of employment of the undersigned by the Releasees, or any of them; any alleged breach of any express or implied contract of employment; any alleged torts or other alleged legal restrictions on Releasee's right to terminate the employment of the undersigned; and any alleged violation of any federal, state or local statute or ordinance including, without limitation, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination In Employment Act, the Americans With Disabilities Act, and the New Jersey Fair Employment and Housing Act.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF RELEVANT LAW, WHICH PROVIDES GENERALLY AS FOLLOWS:

 

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, BEING AWARE OF SAID LAW, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS HE MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED IS HEREBY ADVISED AS FOLLOWS:

 

(A) HE HAS THE RIGHT TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE SIGNING THIS RELEASE;

 

(B) HE HAS TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS TO CONSIDER THIS RELEASE BEFORE SIGNING IT; AND

 

(C) HE HAS SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER SIGNING THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE THIS RELEASE, AND THIS RELEASE WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THAT REVOCATION PERIOD.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that there has been no assignment or other transfer of any interest in any Claim which he may have against Releasees, or any of them, and the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold Releasees, and each of them, harmless from any liability, Claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses and attorneys' fees incurred by Releasees, or any of them, as the result of any such assignment or transfer or any rights or Claims under any such assignment or transfer. It is the intention of the parties that this indemnity does not require payment as a condition precedent to recovery by the Releasees against the undersigned under this indemnity.

 

The undersigned agrees that if he hereafter commences any suit arising out of, based upon, or relating to any of the Claims released hereunder or in any manner asserts against Releasees, or any of them, any of the Claims released hereunder, then the undersigned agrees to pay to Releasees, and each of them, in addition to any other damages caused to Releasees thereby, all attorneys' fees incurred by Releasees in defending or otherwise responding to said suit or Claim.

 

The undersigned further understands and agrees that neither the payment of any sum of money nor the execution of this Release shall constitute or be construed as an admission of any liability whatsoever by the Releasees, or any of them, who have consistently taken the position that they have no liability whatsoever to the undersigned.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Release this ____ day of ___________, ____.

 

 

-----------------------------------

[name]

 

  13  

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

John E. Lux, Esq.
Attorney at Law
1629 K Street, Suite 300
Washington, DC 20006
(202) 780-1000
Admitted in Maryland and the District of Columbia

 

February 28, 2018

 

Board of Directors

GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.

1 Bridge Plaza, 2nd Floor

Fort Lee, New Jersey, 07024

 

 

Gentlemen:

 

I have acted, at your request, as special counsel to GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, (“GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.”) for the purpose of rendering an opinion as to the legality of 4,000,000,000 shares of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc.' common stock, par value $0.00001 per share to be offered and distributed by GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. (“Shares”), pursuant to an Offering Statement to be filed under Regulation A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on Form 1-A, for the purpose of registering the offer and sale of the Shares (“Offering Statement”).

 

For the purpose of rendering my opinion herein, I have reviewed statutes of the State of New Jersey, to the extent I deem relevant to the matter opined upon herein, certified or purported true copies of the Articles of Incorporation of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. and all amendments thereto, the By-Laws of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., selected proceedings of the board of directors of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. authorizing the issuance of the Shares, certificates of officers of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. and of public officials, and such other documents of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. and of public officials as I have deemed necessary and relevant to the matter opined upon herein. I have assumed, with respect to persons other than directors and officers of GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc., the due and proper election or appointment of all persons signing and purporting to sign the documents in their respective capacities, as stated therein, the genuineness of all signatures, the conformity to authentic original documents of the copies of all such documents submitted to me as certified, conformed and photocopied, including the quoted, extracted, excerpted and reprocessed text of such documents.

 

Based upon the review described above, it is my opinion that the Shares are duly authorized and when, as and if issued and delivered by GD Entertainment & Technology, Inc. against payment therefore, as described in the offering statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

I have not been engaged to examine, nor have I examined, the Offering Statement for the purpose of determining the accuracy or completeness of the information included therein or the compliance and conformity thereof with the rules and regulations of the SEC or the requirements of Form 1-A, and I express no opinion with respect thereto. My forgoing opinion is strictly limited to matters of New Jersey corporation law; and, I do not express an opinion on the federal law of the United States of America or the law of any state or jurisdiction therein other than New Jersey, as specified herein.

 

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 12.1 to the Offering Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Offering Circular constituting a part of the Offering Statement. We assume no obligation to update or supplement any of the opinion set forth herein to reflect any changes of law or fact that may occur following the date hereof.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ John E. Lux

 

John E. Lux